DPX Series
Full Flow Sharing
sectional valves
TECHNICAL CATALOG
D1WWED01A
2
DPX series
13
th
edition May 2019
Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard congurations.
Please contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.
WARNING!
All specications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
Walvoil, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specications, without notice.
WALVOIL IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN
INCORRECT USE OF THE PRODUCT.
D1WWED01A
3
DPX series
valve general information
____________________________________________________________________________________________
The DPX Series
_________________________________________________________________________
The Flow Sharing technology
The DPX Series is a family of open/closed center post-pressure compensated sectional valves designed specically for Mobile
Applications. The DPX series provides exceptional controllability, eciency and exibility for applications requiring up to
160 l/min (42 US gpm) ow rates. The DPX Series is available in three dierent sizes: DPX050, DPX100 and DPX160, also available
in High Pressure conguration.
The DPX Series control valves adds the benet of Flow Sharing technology to the standard Load Sensing valve. The DPX Series
patented compensator maintains the margin pressure as a costant pressure drop across the spool metering area. The result is
a ow to the workport dependent only on spool position. In case of ow saturation, the eective pressure drop across all spools
is reduced equally. This results in proportional ow reduction at each section.
In case of ow saturation, the ow demand is higher than the maximum pump ow, therefore the margin pressure is reduced
according to the formula (dimensionless indication):
ρ
α
P
AQ
∆
Since all spools have the same pressure drop across the metering area, then all ows are reduced proportionally. This allows
the operator to mantain control of all functions, though at reduced speed of active functions.
Advantages and options
• Energy saving on closed center system, is produced only required ow and pressure by the actuators.
• The ow sharing technology permits multiple movements even with ow saturation.
• Flow passage design allows high P and T ow rate in a standard valve dimension.
• Inlet section with unidirectional restrictor option suitable for dumping the pressure peaks from the LS line to the
compensator and vice versa.
• High Pressure version (HP) stackable with standard one.
• Working section option with priority features in saturation conditions.
• Dedicated spools for special functions (customized ows, back pressures, pressure control).
For special options please contact Sales Dept.
Q = ow to workports
∆P = pressure drop across metering area
A = metering area
ρ = oil density
DPX050 DPX100 DPX160
D1WWED01A
4
DPX series
valve general information
Guide to conguration
_________________________________________________________________________________
Conguration with mechanical, hydraulic or electric controls
This conguration needs standard inlet sections, working sections without pilot lines and standard outlet sections.
DPX050
1: AM or AN inlet sections
2: P or Q working sections
3: RP or RQ working sections with outlet
DPX100
1: AM or AN inlet sections
2: P or Q working sections
3: RF outlet sections
DPX160
1: AM or AN inlet sections
2: P or Q working sections
3: RC outlet sections
1 2 3
Conguration with only electrohydraulic or mixed controls
Electrohydraulic conguration (pic. 1) needs standard inlet sections, working and outlet sections with pilot lines.
In a valve congurated with electrohydraulic mixed sections (two-sides and one side type controls), the two-side control
section have to be positioned after (on the right) one-side control section, close to the outlet one.
In a mixed control conguration valve (pic. 2) electrohydraulic control sections have to be positioned after (on the right)
manual/hydraulic/electric control sections, close to the outlet section.
In case of need to include manual/hydraulic/electric control sections between 2 electro-hydraulic control sections, or between
one of these and outlet section, it is necessary to require specic kits able to cross pilot line.
DPX050
1: AM or AN inlet sections
2: PZ, QZ, PE or QE working sections
3: RPZ, RQZ, RPE or RQE working sections with outlet
4: P or Q working sections
DPX100
1: AM or AN inlet sections
2: PE, QE. PZ or QZ working sections
3: RDN or RDR outlet sections
4: P or Q working sections
DPX160
1: AM or AN inlet sections
2: PE or QE working sections
3: RCR or RCN outlet sections
4: P or Q working sections
1 12 23 3
4
(pic. 2) (pic. 1)
D1WWED01A
5
DPX series
valve general information
Example of entirely Standard pressure valve conguration
Std pressure open center inlet section
Std pressure closed center inlet section
Std pressure working
sections
Standard pressure
outlet section
Example of entirely HP valve conguration
HP open center inlet section
Std pressure closed center inlet section
HP working sections Standard pressure
outlet section
Example of mixed - Standard/HP - valve conguration
Std pressure open center inlet section
Std pressure closed center inlet section
Std pressure working
section
HP working section Standard pressure
outlet section
DPX100/2/AM1(TGW3-175/ELN)/P-101(80/80)-8IMN.U3T/Q-101(80/80)-8IMN/RF-SAE-12VDC-FPM
DPX100HP/2/AM1(TGW5-300/ELN)/P-101(80/80)-8IMN.U3T/Q-101(80/80)-8IMN/RF-SAE-12VDC-FPM
DPX100/2/AM1(TGW3-175/ELN)/P-101(80/80)-8IMN.U3T/HP-Q-101(80/80).U3(360)-8IMN/RF-SAE-12VDC-FPM
Pressure peak reduction
Pressure peaks may occur in a port during normal machine operation, causing signal L.S. swings. If those pressure swings reach
the inlet section or the pump compensators, they could cause an harsh and not confortable regulation, especially if they occur
with high frequency.
The DPX Series directional valves, open and closed center ones, are available with inlet sections equipped with devices for L.S.
signal peak reduction.
Standard conguration
Bidirectional restrictor on L.S. signal; it dampens the pressure peaks from L.S. line to inlet section compensator and vice versa.
SU option
Unidirectional restrictor on L.S. signal; it dampens the pressure peaks from L.S. line (and then from users) to inlet section
compensator. It's recommended for applications that need soft start.
SO options
Unidirectional restrictor on L.S. signal; it dampens the pressure peaks from inlet section compensator to L.S. line. It's recommended
for swings reduction occurred during normal operation.
__________________________________________________________________________________
Guide to conguration
High pressure (HP) valve conguration
DPX ow sharing series is available both for Standard and High pressure (HP) conguration..
The main dierence between the two congurations is the max. reachable pressure.
In details:
DPX100-DPX160 DPX100HP-DPX160HP
• Max. pressure on P inlet port and • Max. pressure on P inlet port = 380 bar - 5550 psi
on A/B working ports = 300 bar - 4350 psi • Max. pressure on A/B working ports = 420 bar - 6000 psi
In addition to valve entirely congurated for Standard pressure or HP, a mixed conguration – Standard/HP – is available by
combining only the sections needed.
Closed center type inlet cover: one single solution for Standard and HP pressures.
Open center type inlet cover: separate solutions for Standard and HP pressure.
Priority inlet cover (only for DPX160): conguration available only for Standard pressure.
Working sections: separate solutions for Standard and HP pressures.
Outlet covers: one single solution for Standard and HP pressures.
D1WWED01A
6
DPX series
valve general information
Working conditions
_____________________________________________________________________________________
DPX050
DPX100 DPX160
Std. HP HF Std. HP
Nominal ow rating
inlet port with compensator, stand-by
(margin pressure) 14 bar -
200 psi
80 l/min
21 US gpm
120 l/min
32 US gpm
>120 l/min
>32 US gpm
230 l/min
61 US gpm
working ports, stand-by
(margin pressure) 14 bar -
200 psi
50 l/min
13 US gpm
90 l/min
24 US gpm
120 l/min
32 US gpm
160 l/min
42 US gpm
Max. pressure
P inlet port
300 bar
4350 psi
300 bar
4350 psi
380 bar
(1)
5550 psi
(1)
380 bar
(2)
5550 psi
(2)
300 bar
4350 psi
380 bar
(3)
5550 psi
(3)
A and B working ports
350 bar
5100 psi
300 bar
4350 psi
420 bar
(1)
6000 psi
(1)
420 bar
(2)
6000 psi
(2)
300 bar
4350 psi
420 bar
(3)
6000 psi
(3)
Back pressure (max.)
on outlet T port
with mechanical devices
10 bar -
145 psi
with hydr./pneum./electric devices
30 bar -
435 psi
with electrohydraulic devices see related pages
Standard internal
leakage A(B)->T
∆p=100 bar -
1450 psi
max. 6.5 cm
3
/min
max. 0.40 in
3
/min
max. 9 cm
3
/min
max. 0.55 in
3
/min
max. 12 cm
3
/min
max. 0.73 in
3
/min
with port valves ∆p=100 bar - 1450 psi
max. 11.5 cm
3
/min
max. 0.70 in
3
/min
max. 14 cm
3
/min
max. 0.85 in
3
/min
max. 17 cm
3
/min
max. 1.04 in
3
/min
Fluid Mineral oil
Fluid temperature
range
with NBR seals (BUNA-N)
from -20°C to 80°C -
from -4°F to 176°F
with FPM seals (VITON), standard
from -20°C to 100°C -
from -4°F to 212°F
Viscosity
operating range
from 15 to 75 mm
2
/s - from 15 to 75 cSt
min.
12 mm
2
/s - 12 cSt
max.
400 mm
2
/s - 400 cSt
Contamination level max.
-/18/15 - ISO 4406 -
NAS 1638 class 9
Environmental
temperature for
working conditions
with mechanical devices
from -40°C to 60°C -
from -40°F to 140°F
with hydraulic/pneumatic devices
from -30°C to 60°C - f
rom -22°F to 140°F
with electric/electrohydraulic devices
from -20°C to 50°C -
from -4°F to 122°F
NOTES: (
1
) According to NFPA T 2.6.1., fatigue rating veried for 1 million cycles on 6 sample valves with test Pressure = 1.23 x Max. pressure
indicated - (
2
) According to NFPA T 2.6.1., fatigue rating veried for 1 million cycles on 5 sample valves with test Pressure = 1.16 x Max. pressure
indicated - (
3
) Fatigue rating veried for 1 million cycles on 6 sample valves with Test Pressure = 1.10 x Max. pressure indicated
This catalogue shows technical specications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm
2
/s - 46 cSt viscosity at 40°C -
104°F temperature.
Standard threads
_________________________________________________________________________________________
PORTS
THREADING
DPX050 DPX100 DPX160
BSP UN-UNF BSP UN-UNF BSP UN-UNF
P inlet G 1/2 3/4-16 (SAE 8) G 1/2 - G 3/4
(5)
7/8-14 (SAE10)
1 1/16-12 (SAE12)
(5)
G 3/4 1 1/16-12 (SAE12)
A and B ports G 3/8 9/16-18 (SAE 6)
G 3/8
G 1/2
(5)
- G 3/4
(5)
3/4-16 (SAE8)
1 1/16-12 (SAE12)
(5)
G 3/4 1 1/16-12 (SAE12)
T outlet G 1/2 3/4-16 (SAE 8) G 1/2 - G 3/4
(5)
7/8-14 (SAE10)
1 1/16-12 (SAE12)
(5)
G 1 1 5/16-12 (SAE16)
V pilot G 1/4 7/16-20 (SAE 4) G 1/4 9/16-18 (SAE6) G 1/4 9/16-18 (SAE6)
L drain G 1/4 9/16-18 (SAE 6) G 1/4 9/16-18 (SAE6) G 1/4 9/16-18 (SAE6)
Hydraulic control ports G 1/4 7/16-20 (SAE 4) G 1/4 7/16-20 (SAE 4) G 1/4 9/16-18 (SAE 6)
Pneumatic control ports NPTF 1/8-27 NPTF 1/8-27
NOTE (
5
) - Optional threading
REFERENCE STANDARD
BSP UN-UNF METRIC
(4)
METRIC ISO
(4)
NPTF
THREAD ACCORDING TO
ISO 228/1 ISO 263
ISO 262 ISO 262 ANSI B1.20.3
BS 2779 ANSI B1.1 unied
CAVITY
DIMENSION
ACCORDING TO
ISO 1179 11926 9974-1 6149
SAE J1926 J2244 J476a
DIN 3852-2 shape X or Y 3852-1 shape X or Y
NOTE (
4
): Metric threading is available on request
D1WWED01A
7
DPX series
Contents
• DPX050
Dimensional data and performance ........ page 10
Hydraulic circuit .........................11
Complete section ordering codes .............12
Inlet section ............................14
Working and outlet section ..................16
• DPX100
Dimensional data and performance ........ page 37
Hydraulic circuit .........................40
Complete section ordering codes .............41
Inlet section ............................44
Working section .........................52
Outlet section ...........................83
• DPX160
Dimensional data and performance ........ page 86
Hydraulic circuit .........................87
Complete section ordering codes .............88
Inlet section ............................90
Working section .........................98
Outlet section .......................... 119
• Accessories
Intermediate sections ................ page 122
Coils and connector ...................... 125
• Istallation and maintenance
Main rules ........................ page 129
Connection between two valves ............. 130
Electrohydraulic control connection ........... 132
• Appendix A ........................ page 134
D1WWED01A
8
DPX Series
DPX050
Type
E F
mm
in
mm
in
DPX050/1 119
4.69
57.5
2.26
DPX050/2 151
5.95
89.5
3.52
DPX050/3 183
7.20
121.5
4.78
DPX050/4 215
8.46
153.5
6.04
DPX050/5 247
9.72
185.5
7.30
DPX050/6 279
10.98
217.5
8.56
DPX050/7 311
12.24
249.5
9.82
DPX050/8 343
13.50
281.5
11.08
DPX050/9 375
14.76
313.5
12.34
DPX050/10 407
16.02
345.5
13.60
DPX050/11 439
17.28
377.5
14.86
DPX050/12 471
18.54
409.5
16.12
Dimensional data and performance
________________________________________________________________
Flow
Pressure
P⇒T Pressure drop inlet compensator
(margin pressure)
10
0
20
30
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
(l/min)
02040
60
80
(US gpm)
5010
15
20
A(B)⇒T pressure drop
(standard spool @ max.stroke)
(l/min)
10
0
20
30
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
01020304050
(US gpm)
036912
Flow
Pressure
6
th
section
12
th
section
1
st
section
E
35
1.38
32
1.26
26
1.02
14
0.55
42
1.65
27.50
1.08
46.50
1.83
120
4.72
24
0.94
65
2.56
155.5
6.12
45
1.77
54
2.12
51
2.01
44.5
1.75
18
0.71
213
8.38
M8
F
P
T
A1
B1
A2
B2
LS
D1WWED01A
9
DPX Series
DPX050
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Hydraulic cuircuit
Conguration example with mechanical and hydraulic controls
Conguration example with electrohydraulic controls
T1
P1
A1 B1 A2 2B
LS1
T
P
LS
T2
T1
P1
LS1
A1 B1 A2 B2
VB1
VA1
VB2
VA2
T2
P
LS
T
T1
A1 B1 A2 B2
LS1
P1
T
P
LS
T2
L V
T1
A1 B1 A2 B2
L V
LS1
P1
T
P
LS
T2
Open center circuit and lever control, with unloader
valve, without port valve arrangement
Closed center circuit and proportional hydraulic control,
with unloader valve and port valve arrangement
Open center circuit and one-side proportional
electrohydraulic control with lever, unloader valve, port
valve arrangement and pressure reducing valve, internal
pilot and drain
Open center circuit and two-side proportional
electrohydraulic control, with unloader valve and port valve
arrangement and pressure reducing valve, internal pilot and
drain
D1WWED01A
10
DPX Series
DPX050
Complete section ordering codes
___________________________________________________________________
- mechanical control
- hydraulic control
- two-side electrohydraulic
control
- one-side electrohydraulic
control
1
2
3
4
6
6
2
2
2
1
2
3
3
3
1
1
2
3
3
4
4
Tie rods tightening
wrench 13 - 30 Nm (22 lbft)
DPX050/3/AM2(TGW3-175\ELN)/Q-104(40\40)-8L/Q-I104(40\40)-8IM/RQ-104(40\40)-8L-.....-12VDC
1 2 3 4 5
Nr. of working
sections
D1WWED01A
11
DPX Series
DPX050
____________________________________________________________________
Complete section ordering codes
1 Inlet section *
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX050/AM2(TGW3-175\ELN4)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660205011S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, pressure relief valve and unloader
valve, with P-T-T2-LS ports (T2-LS plugged)
TYPE: DPX050/AM2(SO\TGW3-195\ELP4)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660205009S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with non-return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX050/AM2(SO\TGW3-195\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660205021S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX050/AN2(TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660205003S
DESCRIPTION: Without compensator, with pressure relief valve and
unloader valve, with P-T-T2-LS ports (T2 plugged)
TYPE: DPX050/AN2(SO\TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660205005S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with non-return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX050/AN2(SU\TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660205004S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
2 Working section *
Mechanical control
TYPE: DPX050/Q-104(40\40)-8L-SAE-FPM
CODE: 660115001V
DESCRIPTION: Lever control without port valves arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/P-104(40\40)- 8L.U3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 660105001V
DESCRIPTION: As previous with port valve arrangement
Proportional hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/Q-I104(40\40)-8IM-SAE-FPM
CODE: 660115002V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/P-I104(40\40)-8IM.U3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 660105002
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
Two-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/QE-I104(40\40)-8EB3F3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 660115003V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve
arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/PE-I104(40\40)-8EB3F3.U3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 660105003V
DESCRIPTION: As previous with port valve arrangement
One-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/QZ-I104(40\40)-8EZ3LQF3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 660115005V
DESCRIPTION: With lever and spool stroke limiter, without port valve
arrangement
TYPE:
DPX050/PZ-I104(40\40)-8EZ3LQF3.U3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 660115006V
DESCRIPTION: As previous with port valve arrangement
3 Working section with outlet *
Mechanical control
TYPE: DPX050/RQ-104(40\40)-8L-SAE-FPM
CODE: 660305001S
DESCRIPTION: Lever control, with bleed valve and P1-T1-LS1 side
ports (plugged), without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RP-104(40\40)-8L.U3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 660305002S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with port valve arrangement
Hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/RQ-I104(40\40)-8IM-SAE
CODE: 660305011S
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve and P1-T1-LS1 side ports (plugged),
without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RP-I104(40\40)-8IM.U3T-SAE
CODE: 660305012S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
Two-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/RQE-I104(40\40)-8EB3F3-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660305005S
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, bleed valve, pressure
reducing valve and P1-T1-LS1 side ports (plugged), V pilot and L
drain ports plugged, without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RPER-I104(40\40)-8EB3F3.U3T-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660305006S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
One-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/RQZ-I104(40\40)-8EZ3LQF3-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660305013S
DESCRIPTION: With lever and spool stroke limiter, bleed valve,
pressure reducing valve and P1-T1-LS1 side ports (plugged), V pilot
and L drain ports plugged, without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RPZ-I104(40\40)-8EZ3LQF3.U3T-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 660305014S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
4 Valve threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
5 Voltage
Specify the voltage of electric devices.
Assembling kit
CODE DESCRIPTION
5TIR108125 Tie rod kit for 1 working section directional valve
5TIR108157 Tie rod kit for 2 working section directional valve
5TIR108192 Tie rod kit for 3 working section directional valve
5TIR108222 Tie rod kit for 4 working section directional valve
5TIR108253 Tie rod kit for 5 working section directional valve
5TIR108285 Tie rod kit for 6 working section directional valve
5TIR108320 Tie rod kit for 7 working section directional valve
5TIR108349 Tie rod kit for 8 working section directional valve
5TIR108381 Tie rod kit for 9 working section directional valve
5TIR108413 Tie rod kit for 10 working section directional valve
5TIR108446 Tie rod kit for 11 working section directional valve
5TIR108477 Tie rod kit for 12 working section directional valve
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
6
D1WWED01A
12
DPX Series
DPX050
Inlet section part ordering codes
____________________________________________________________________
AN: closed centerAM: open center
1
1
1 1
1
1
2
3
5
Valve setting (bar)
1 2 3
DPX050 / A M2 (TGW3 - 175 \ ELN) - .... - 12VDC
54
1 Inlet section kit* page 13
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX050/M2-SAE/EL CODE: 5FIA150740S
DESCRIPTION: With P-T-T2-LS ports (T2-LS plugged) arranged for
unloader valve
TYPE: DPX050/M2(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: 5FIA150730S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with non return ow limiter from working
section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX050/M2(SO)-SAE/EL CODE:5FIA150731S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with non return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX050/N2-SAE/EL CODE: 5FIA150741S
DESCRIPTION: With P-T-T2-LS ports, arranged for unloader valve (T2
plugged)
TYPE: DPX050/N2(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: 5FIA150732S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with non return ow limiter from working
section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX050/N2(SO)-SAE/EL CODE: 5FIA150733S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with non return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
2 Main pressure relief valve page 15
Valves standard setting is referred to 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) ow.
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(TGW2-80) 0MC09002000 Range 10-120 bar
(145-1750 psi)
std setting 80 bar (1160 psi)
(TGW3-175) 0MC09002001 Range 40-220 bar (580-3200 psi)
std setting 175 bar
(2550 psi)
(TGW4-250) 0MC09002002 Range 200-350 bar (2900-5100 psi)
std setting 250 bar
(3600 psi)
SV XTAP524340D Relief valve blanking plug
3 Solenoid operated unloading valve page 15
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
ELN 0EF08002000 Without emergency override
ELV 0EF08002003 With screw type emergency override
ELP 0EF08002002 With push-button emergency override
ELT 0EF08002004 With “twist & push” emergency override
LT XTAP510320 Unloading valve blanking plug
4 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
5 Coil
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12VDC 4SLE001200A Coil type BER, ISO4400 conn., 12VDC
For complete available coil list see page 124.
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
D1WWED01A
13
DPX Series
DPX050
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
M2(SU) type M2(SO) typeM2(SO) or M2(SU) type
Example of M type Open Center section
T
P
LS
T2
P
LS
T2
T
P
LS
T2
T
M8
M2 type
25
0.98
52
2.05
49
1.93
96
3.78
74
2.91
44.5
1.75
18
0.71
8.5
0.33
9.5
0.37
21
0.83
13
0.51
155.5
6.12
57.5
2.26
120
4.72
42.5
1.67
27.5
1.08
26.5
1.04
120
4.72
163
6.42
P
LS
T2
T
P
T
LS
T2
Y
X
Y
Y
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
Z
D1WWED01A
14
DPX Series
DPX050
N2 type
N2(SO) or N2(SU) type
Example of N type Closed Center section
Inlet section
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
P
T
LS
T2
N2(SU) type N2(SO) type
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
T2
P
LS
T
T2
T
P
LS
T2
T
P
LS
T2
T
M8
n.1 thread
X
Y
Y
17.5
0.69
3.5
0.138
25
0.98
96
3.78
155.5
6.12
74
2.91
44.5
1.75
18
0.71
120
4.72
42.5
1.67
27.5
1.08
26.5
1.04
8.5
0.33
13
0.51
54
2.13
49
1.93
9.5
0.37
21
0.83
57.5
2.26
163
6.42
Z
D1WWED01A
15
DPX Series
DPX050
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Main pressure relief valve
Solenoid operated unloading valve
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
0
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
0
(l/min)
0510 15 20 25 30 35
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
2468
0
Setting range: TGW4 type
Flow
Pressure
min. setting
std. setting
max. setting
Setting range: TGW3 type
Flow
min. setting
max. setting
std. setting
Flow
Pressure
Setting range: TGW2 type
min. setting
std. setting
max. setting
Pressure
Setting types
X
Y
Z
Legenda
TGW: free setting
TZW: valve set and locked
(cap code 4COP126301, n.2 pcs)
RAL3003 pigmented
Wrenches and tightening
torques
X = allen wrench 5
Y = wrench 19 - 20 Nm
(14.7 lbf)
Z = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbf)
TGW
TZW
Features
Max. ow ................: 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
Max. pressure .............: 380 bar (5500 psi)
Internal leakage ...........: 0.25 cm
3
/min @ 210 bar
(0.015 in
3
/min @ 3050 psi)
For coil features and options see BER type coil at page 124.
Manual emergency types
59.5
2.34
62.5
2.46
82.5
3.25
82.5
3.25
85.5
3.37
ELN
ELV
ELT
ELP
155.5
6.12
21
21
21
21
X
Y
Legenda
ELN: without emergency
ELP: push button emergency override
ELV: screw emergency override
ELT: “push&twist” emergency override
Wrenches and tightening
torques
X = wrench 24 - 30 Nm (22 lbf)
Y = manual tightening
D1WWED01A
16
DPX Series
DPX050
1 Working section kit* page 20
For mechanical control
TYPE: DPX050/Q-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7010V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/P-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7000V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/Q-IM-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7010AV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/P-IM-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7000AV
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
2 Working section kit with outlet* page 21
For mechanical control
TYPE: DPX050/RQ-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A710S
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve, with P1-T1-LS1 port plugged,
without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RP-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A700S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
For hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/RQ-IM-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A710AS
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve, with P1-T1-LS1 port plugged,
without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RP-IM-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A700AS
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
Working and outlet section part ordering codes (mechanical and hydraulic)
_________
1
1
9
3
1
7
4
5
6
6
2
2.1
2.2
2
2
DPX050 / Q - I104(40\40) - 8IM - ....
61
DPX050 / RQ - I104(40\40) - 8IM (VBT) - F1- ....
2 2.1 2.2
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port
ow on A/B ports (l/min)
DPX050 / P - 104(40\40) - 8 L . U1(100) U2(120) - .... DPX050 / RP - 104(40\40) - 8 L . U3T- ....
1 3 4 5 7
2
8
D1WWED01A
17
DPX Series
DPX050
2.1 Bleed valve page 22
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) X138850000 Bleed valve
(VBT) 4TAP416810 Valve blanking plug
Both options need cavity plug:
3XTAP822151 SAE8 plug, nr.1, FPM o-ring seals
2.2 Parts*
The codes are referred to parts with NBR o-ring seals
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P1-T1-LS1 ports plugged
- 3XTAP822150 SAE8 plug, nr.2
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.1
P1-T1 ports plugegd, LS1 open
F1 3XTAP822150 SAE8 plug, nr.2
3 Spool page 23
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For mechanical control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position, oating circuit
with 13RZ type positioner (4 position)
105(50) 3CUA110005 50 l/min
(13 US gpm) ow
104(40) 3CUA110004 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
103(30) 3CUA110003 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
102(20) 3CUA110002 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
101(10) 3CUA110001 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
106(5) 3CUA110006 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
2H05(50) 3CUA124005 50 l/min
(13 US gpm) ow
2H04(40) 3CUA124004 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
2H03(30) 3CUA124003 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
2H02(20) 3CUA124002 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
2H01(10) 3CUA124001 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
2H06(5) 3CUA124006 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A, B plugged: SAE6 plug is required
305(50) 3CUA131005 50 l/min
(13 US gpm) ow
302(20) 3CUA131002 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
For hydraulic control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position, oating circuit
with 4 positions control type 13IMP
I105(50) 3CUA310005 50 l/min
(13 US gpm) ow
I104(40) 3CUA310004 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
I103(30) 3CUA310003 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
I102(20) 3CUA310002 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
I101(10) 3CUA310001 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
I106(5) 3CUA310006 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
I2H05(50) 3CUA324005 50 l/min
(13 US gpm) ow
I2H04(40) 3CUA324004 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
I2H08(30) 3CUA324008 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
I2H07(20) 3CUA324007 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
I2H01(10) 3CUA324001 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
I2H06(5) 3CUA324006 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: SAE6 plug is required
I305-I405(50) 3CUA331005 50 l/min
(13 US gpm) ow
I302-I402(20) 3CUA331002 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
4 "A" side spool positioners page 25
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
7FT 5V0710A001 With friction and neutral position notch
8 5V08102000 3 pos. with spring return to neutral position
8F2 5V0810A001 Spool stroke limiter on B port
8D 5V08102200 External pin with M6 female thread
8D2 5V08102220 External pin with M8 male thread
9BZ 5V09202010 Detent in position 1
10BZ 5V10202010 Detent in position 2
11BZ 5V11202010 Detent in positions 1 and 2
12 5V12102000 2 positions, detent in pos. 1 and 2
For oating circuit (standard spool)
13RZ 5V13306020 4 pos., detent in 4
th
position with spool in,
spring return to neutral position
5 "B" side spool control kit page 27
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
L 5LEV10A000 Standard lever box
LF1 5LEV10A001 As L, with spool stroke limiter on A port
SLP 5COP150000 Without lever with dust-proof plate
TQ 5TEL10A100 Flexible cable connection
6 Proportional hydraulic control* page 28
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8IM-SAE 5IDR20A700V Range 8-27 bar
(116-392 psi)
8IMX-SAE 5IDR20A701V Range 3.5-20 bar (51-290 psi)
8IMF3-SAE 5IDR20A702V Range 8-27 bar (116-392 psi), with
spool stroke limiter on A and B ports
8IMXF3-SAE 5IDR20A703V Range 3.5-20 bar
(51-290 psi), with
spool stroke limiter on A and B ports
For oating circuit (standard spool)
13IMP-SAE 5IDR20A710V Range 4-16.5-28 bar
(58-239-406 psi)
7 Port valves page 36
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
UT XTAP518370V Valve blanking plug
C 5KIT411000 Anticavitation valve
Fixed setting antishock and anticavitation valves:
setting is referred to 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm)
TYPE: U 100 CODE: 5KIT308 100
SETTING:
40 bar
(580 psi) 50 bar (725 psi) 63 bar (870 psi)
80 bar
(1150 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) 120 bar (1750 psi)
130 bar
(1900 psi) 140 bar (2050 psi) 150 bar (2150 psi)
165 bar
(2400 psi) 175 bar (2550 psi) 185 bar (2700 psi)
200 bar
(2900 psi) 210 bar (3050 psi) 220 bar (3200 psi)
235 bar (3400 psi) 250 bar (3600 psi) 270 bar (3900 psi)
300 bar
(4350 psi) 340 bar (4950 psi)
8 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plug for single acting spool *
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug
__________
Working and outlet section part ordering codes (mechanical and hydraulic)
10
setting (bar)
setting (bar)
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
NOTE (-): "Type" omitted in section description
D1WWED01A
18
DPX Series
DPX050
1 Working section kit* page 20
For two-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/QE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7012V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/PE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7002V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For one-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/QZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7210V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/PZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL10A7200V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
2 Working section kit with outlet* page 21
For two-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/RQE-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A711S
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve, with P1-T1-LS1 port plugged,
without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RPE-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A701S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with port valves arrangement
For one-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX050/RQZ-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A721S
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve, with P1-T1-LS1 port plugged,
without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX050/RPZ-SAE CODE: 5FIA20A720S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with port valve arrangement
Working and outlet section part ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
_______________________
2
1
4
6
5
6
2
1
9
1
7
3
2
2.4
2.1
2.2
2.3
DPX050 / QE - I104(40\40) - 8EB3F3 - .... - 12VDC DPX050 / RQE - I104(40\40)-8EB3F3-....-12VDC
6 61
2
DPX050 / RQZ - I104(40\40) - 8EZ3LQF3 - (VBT \ RT) - F1 - NOTAP(VL) - .... - 12VDC
2.42.1 2.2 2.32
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
NOTE (-): "Type" omitted in section description
DPX050 / PZ - I104(40\40) - 8EZ3 LQF3 . U1(100) U2(120) - .... - 12VDC
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port
ow on A/B ports (l/min)
1 3 4 5 7 8 4
D1WWED01A
19
DPX Series
DPX050
2.1 Bleed valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) X138850000 Bleed valve
(VBT) 4TAP416810 Valve blanking plug
Both options need cavity plug:
3XTAP822151 SAE8 plug, nr.1, FPM o-ring seals
2.2 Pressure reducing valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) X219740035V Pressure reducing valve, 30-45 bar
(435-650 psi)
(RT) XTAP418350V Valve blanking plug
2.3 Parts*
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P1-T1-LS1 ports plugged
- 3XTAP822150 SAE8 plug, nr.2
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.1
P1-T1 ports plugegd, LS1 open
F1 3XTAP822150 SAE8 plug, nr.2
2.4 Pilot and drain*
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) 3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.1 for internal drain
3XTAP814120 SAE4 plug, nr.1 for internal pilot
NOTAP(VL) 4TAP310007 M10x1 DIN906 plug, for external drain
3 Spool page 23
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position, oating circuit
with 4 position controls (13..type )
I105(50) 3CUA310005 50 l/min (13 US gpm) ow
I104(40) 3CUA310004 40 l/min (10.5 US gpm) ow
I103(30) 3CUA310003 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm) ow
I102(20) 3CUA310002 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) ow
I101(10) 3CUA310001 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm) ow
I106(5) 3CUA310006 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
I2H05(50) 3CUA324005 50 l/min (13 US gpm) ow
I2H04(40) 3CUA324004 40 l/min (10.5 US gpm) ow
I2H08(30) 3CUA324008 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm) ow
I2H07(20) 3CUA324007 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) ow
I2H01(10) 3CUA324001 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm) ow
I2H06(5) 3CUA324006 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: SAE6 plug is required
I305-I405(50) 3CUA331005 50 l/min (13 US gpm) ow
I302-I402(20) 3CUA331002 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) ow
4 One-side electrohydr. control page 34
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EZ3-12VDC 5V0810A780V AMP connector
8EZ3-24VDC 5V0810A785V AMP conector
8EZ3F2-12VDC 5V0810A781V AMP conn., spool stroke limiter
8EZ3F2-24VDC 5V0810A782V As previous one
8EZ34-12VDC 5V0810A786V Deutsch connector
8EZ34-24VDC 5V0810A787V Deutsch connector
8EZ34F2-12VDC 5V0810A783V Deutsch conn.,spool stroke limiter
8EZ34F2-24VDC 5V0810A784V As previous one
For oating circuit (standard spool)
13EZ3P-12VDC 5V1310A780V With Step, with AMP connector
13EZ3P-24VDC 5V1310A781V As previous one
13EZ34P-12VDC 5V1310A782V With Step, with Deutsch conn.
13EZ34P-24VDC 5V1310A783V As previous one
With spool position sensor
8EZ3SPSD-12VDC 5V0810A790V AMP connector and digital sensor
8EZ3SPSD-24VDC 5V0810A791V As previous one
5 "B" side options page 35
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For one-side electrohydraulic control
LQ 5LEV10A005V Lever control
LQ180 5LEV10A006V As previous one, turned of 180°
LQF3 5LEV10A004V As LQ, spool stroke limiter on A, B ports
LQF3180 5LEV10A003V As previous one, turned of 180°
SLC 5COP150010V Endcap
SLCF1 5COP150011V Endcap with spool stroke limiter
6 Two-side electrohydr. control page 33
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EB3-12VDC 5IDR90A200V AMP connector
8EB3-24VDC 5IDR90A201V AMP connector
8EB34-12VDC 5IDR90A202V Deutsch connector
8EB34-24VDC 5IDR90A203V Deutsch connector
8EB3F3-12VDC 5IDR90A204V AMP conn., spool stroke limiter
8EB3F3-24VDC 5IDR90A205V As previous one
8EB34F3-12VDC 5IDR90A206V Deutsch conn., spool stroke limiter
8EB34F3-24VDC 5IDR90A207V As previous one
For oating circuit (standard spool)
13EB3P-12VDC 5IDR91A200V With Step, AMP connector
13EB3P-24VDC 5IDR91A201V As previous one
13EB34P-12VDC 5IDR91A202V With Step, Deutsch connector
13EB34P-24VDC 5IDR91A203V As previous one
7 Port valves page 36
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
U040 5KIT308040 Setting: 40 bar (580 psi)
For complete list see previous pages.
8 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 4).
Plug for single acting spool*
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug
______________________
Working and outlet section parts ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
9
D1WWED01A
20
DPX Series
DPX050
A B
A B
A B A B A B A B
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Section for mechanical and hydraulic controls
Section for electrohydraulic controls
QE type QZ typePE type PZ type
QZ or PZ type
QE or PE type
One-side pilot linesTwo-side pilot lines
100.5
3.96
2
0.079
16.5
0.65
27.25
1.07
87
3.43
A B
P type
16
0.33
96
3.78
49
1.93
2
0.079
32
1.26
120
4.72
36.5
1.44
41.75
1.64
A B
Q type
D1WWED01A
21
DPX Series
DPX050
Section with outlet for mechanical and hydraulic controls
____________________________________________________________________________
Working and outlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
T1
P1
A B
LS1
T1
P1
A B
LS1
76
2.66
11
0.43
B A
RP type
100.5
3.96
13.5
0.53
T1
P1
LS1
57.5
2.26
45
1.77
18.5
0.73
27.5
1.08
51
2.01
14
0.55
96
3.78
26
1.02
36.5
1.44
4
0.16
14.25
0.56
17.5
0.69
14
0.55
6
0.24
AB
RQ type
8.5
0.33
13
0.51
29.5
1.16
64.5
2.54
3
0.12
3
0.12
65
2.56
120
4.72
27.5
1.08
16
0.63
13.5
0.53
Bleed valve
T1
P1
LS1
Y
Y
Y
Y
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
D1WWED01A
22
DPX Series
DPX050
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Section with outlet for electrohydraulic controls
Two-side pilot lines
RQER or RPER type
RQE type
(Without pressure reducing valve)
RPE type
(Without pressure reducing valve)
T1
A B
L V
LS1
P1
T1
L V
LS1
P1
A B
66.5
2.62
22.5
0.89
12.5
0.49
4
0.16
14
0.55
9.5
0.37
53.5
2.11
AB
L V
Internal
drain
Pressure reducing valve
Bleed valve
T1
P1
LS1
B
L
External
drain
Bleed valve features
Max. inlet pressure . . : 300 bar (4350 psi)
Max. back pressure . . : 25 bar (363 psi)
Pressure reducing valve features
Max. inlet pressure . . : 380 bar (5500 psi)
Reduced pressure ...: 30-45 bar (435-650 psi)
Max. back pressure . . : 25 bar (363 psi)
Wrenches and tightening
torques
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Z = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
W = wrench 19 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Y
Y
Y
Z
W
ZY
Y
2
(l/min)
(bar)
0
60 120 180 240 300
(US gpm)
0.2
0.1
0
0.3
0.4
0.5
(psi)
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
0.5
0
1
1.5
0,5
0
1
1,5
10
0
20
30
40
50
(bar)
(bar)
0
60 120 180 240 300
(psi)
(psi)
150
0
300
450
600
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Pressure
Bleed valve diagram
Flow vs. Pressure
Inlet pressure
Pressure reducing valve diagram
Reduced pressure vs. Inlet pressure
D1WWED01A
23
DPX Series
DPX050
Spool
____________________________________________________________________________
Working and outlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Type 2H(2H../I2H..) spool
A, B partially to tank in neutral pos.
Spool stroke
position 1: + 5.5 mm
(- 0.22 in)
position 2: - 5.5 mm (+ 0.22 in)
AB
T
P
201
Type 3 (3../I3..) spool
single acting on A
Spool stroke
position 1: + 5.5 mm
(- 0.22 in)
position 2: - 5.5 mm (+ 0.22 in)
AB
T
P
2
0
1
Type 4 (4../I4..) spool
single acting on B
Spool stroke
position 1: + 5.5 mm
(- 0.22 in)
position 2: - 5.5 mm (+ 0.22 in)
AB
T
P
2
0
1
Type 1 (1../I1..) spool
A, B closed in neutral position
with 3 positions control with 4 positions control
Spool stroke
position 1: + 5.5 mm
(- 0.22 in)
position 2: - 5.5 mm (+ 0.22 in)
position 3: - 10 mm (- 0.39 in)
Spool stroke
position 1: + 5.5 mm
(- 0.22 in)
position 2: - 5.5 mm (+ 0.22 in)
AB
T
P
2
0
1
AB
T
P
2013
One-side pilot lines
RQZ or RPZ type
RQZ type
(With pressure reducing valve)
RPZ type
(With pressure reducing valve)
T1
A B
L V
LS1
P1
T1
A B
L V
LS1
P1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
10
0
20
30
40
50
(l/min)
(bar)
14
(US gpm)
3
0
6
9
12
(psi)
1000 200
300
400
203
Curves with spool nominal ow
@ 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
A = 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) B = 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm)
C = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) D = 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm)
E = 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm) F = 50 l/min (12.2 US gpm)
Flow
A
B
C
D
E
F
Pressure
Spool ow vs. Stand-by pressure
(margin pressure)
D1WWED01A
24
DPX Series
DPX050
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
Spools
Following curves are detected with standard spools, connecting P⇒A⇒B⇒T and P⇒B⇒A⇒T ports without ow multiplication.
Customized spools with backpressure or ow multiplication may require dierent force, pressure and pilot current for
operation.
(psi)
145 389
0100150200 200
400 350 300
300
(bar)
15.5
17.9
28.3
26.810.0
15.0 10.0 20.015.0
20.025.0
25.00
5.9
85225
260410
02
2446
6810
(mm)
0
0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20-0.30
(in)
position 2position 3 position 1
10
0
30
20
40
50
60
(l/min)
(US gpm)
3
0
6
9
12
15
(mA@12VDC)
(mA@24VDC)
900
1200 700700900
500500
250 250650
950
475 475
950
01100
450600
550
350350450
900
700
450350
0
(mA@12VDC)
700
12001400
900
500500
515750
1420
1300
1030
950945
0
(mA@24VDC)
350
600700
450
250250 475470
0
Port ow
Floating spool metering curve
Qin = 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm) - Open center circuit
Spool stroke
Pilot pressure
With 13IMP control kit
With 13EB3 or 13EZ3
control kit, without STEP
With 13EB3P or 13EZ3P
control kit, with STEP
Current
Current
Current
Current
1.2 mm
0.047 in
-1.2 mm
-0.047 in
(psi)
130 392
0 200200 300300
(bar)
27.0
15.015.0 20.020.025.0 25.00
9.7 9.7
130392
011223
3445
5 66
(mm)
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
(in)
position 2 position 1
10
0
30
20
40
50
60
(l/min)
(US gpm)
3
0
6
9
12
15
27.0
(mA@12VDC)
(mA@24VDC)
12001200 800800
680 680
620 340 340 620
1240
0 10001000
600600 400400 0 500500
1240
Port ow
3 positions spools metering curve
Qin = 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm) - Open center circuit
Spool stroke
Pilot pressure
With 8IM control kit
With 8EB3 or 8EZ3
control kit
Current
Current
1.2 mm
0.047 in
-5.5 mm
0.22 in
5.5 mm
0.22 in
-1.2 mm
-0.047 in
Curves with spool nominal ow
@ 14 bar
(200 psi) stand-by
(margin pressure)
A = 5 l/min (
1.3 US gpm)
B = 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm)
C = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
D = 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm)
E = 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
F = 50 l/min (12.2 US gpm)
Curves with spool nominal ow
@ 14 bar
(200 psi) stand-by
(margin pressure)
A = 5 l/min (
1.3 US gpm)
B = 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm)
C = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
D = 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm)
E = 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
F = 50 l/min (12.2 US gpm)
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
F
F
F
F
-5.5 mm
0.22 in
5.5 mm
0.22 in
D1WWED01A
25
DPX Series
DPX050
M8
Ø 11
Ø 0.43
84
3.31
36.5
1.44
X
J
36.5
1.44
J
36.5
1.44
53.5
2.11
Z
JY
36.5
1.44
J
0112
233445
5 66
(mm)
20
0
40
60
80
100
120
(N)
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
(in)
(lbf)
5
0
10
15
20
25
position 2 position 1
Stroke
Force
Force vs. Stroke diagram
98.7 N (22.2 lbf)
80.8 N (18.2 lbf)
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
____________________________________________________________________________
Working and outlet section
"A" side spool positioners
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbf)
H = allen wrench 4
K = wrench 28 - manual tightening
X = wrench 9
Y = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbf)
Z = allen wrench 4
M6
Ø 11
Ø 0.43
36.5
1.44
44
1.73
X
J
8 type
7FT type 12 type
8F2 type
Spool stroke limiter
on B port
8D type
External pin with
M6 female thread
With spring return to neutral position
With friction and neutral position notch 2 positions, with detent in position 1 and 2
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
8D2 type
External pin with
M8 male thread
2
0
1
Release force 230 N ± 10 N
(51.7 lbf ± 2.2 lbf)
2
0
1
68,4
JK
H
2
0
1
D1WWED01A
26
DPX Series
DPX050
With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9BZ type
detent in position 1
(see A curve)
10BZ type
detent in position 2
(see B curve)
11BZ type
detent in positions 1
(A curve) and 2 (B curve)
72.5
2.85
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
"A" side spool positioners
For oating circuit, 13RZ type
72.5
2.85
2
3
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
Release force 230 N ± 10% (51.7 lbf ± 10%)
(mm)
50
0
100
150
200
(N)
(lbf)
10
0
20
30
40
0.050.05 0
0.150.15 0.100.10
0.200.20
(in)
0112
233445
5 66
position 2 position 1
Stroke
Force
Force vs. Stroke diagram
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
3.5 mm
(0.14 in)
-3.5 mm
(-0.14 in)
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
125 N (28.1 lbf)
132 N (29.7 lbf)
39 N (8.8 lbf)
98 N (23.4 lbf)
Detent area
(types 10B-11B)
Detent area
(types 9B-11B)
B
A
(mm)
20
0
40
60
80
02-2 4-4 6-6-8-10
100
0
200
300
400
(N)
0.1-0.1 0
-0.3 0.2-0.2
(in)
(lbf)
position 2position 3 position 1
Release force from pos.3: 315 N ± 10% (71 lbf ± 10%)
Stroke
Force
Force vs. Stroke diagram
90 N (20.2 lbft)
105 N (23.6 lbft)
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
detent = 320 N ± 10%
(72 lbf ± 10%)
J
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6,6 Nm (4.9 lbf)
D1WWED01A
27
DPX Series
DPX050
____________________________________________________________________________
Working and outlet section
"B" side spool control kit
Dust-proof plate, SLP typeFlexible cable connection, TQ type
17.5
0.43
80.8
3.18
35
1.38
18.5
0.73
9.5
0.37
Ø7H8
Ø0.28
Ø11.5
Ø0.45
Ø12
Ø0.47
7
0.28
28
1.10
Lever boxes
L type
L180 type
50.5
1.99
28
1.10
27°20'
14°30'
14°30'
M8
21
0.83
51
2.01
10
0.39
24
0.94
54.7
2.15
66.5
2.62
0
1
3
2
LF1 type
Spool stroke limiter on A port
50.5
1.99
17
0.67
28
1.10
CD or CG cable types
2
0
1 3
2
0
1 3 2
0
1 3
2
0
31
B
X
Y
J
J
J
X
Wrenches and tightening torques
K = wrench 24 (17.7 lbf)
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbf)
X = allen wrench 4
Y = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbf)
J
J
D1WWED01A
28
DPX Series
DPX050
8IM - 8IMX types 8IMF3 - 8IMXF3 types
2
0
1
VA VB
2
0
1
VA VB
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
Proportional hydraulic control
Features (all types)
Max. pressure .............: 70 bar (1010 psi)
24
0.94
12.5
0.49
46.5
1.83
213
8.39
231
9.09
SAE 4
VA
A A
VAVB
B B
VB
49
1.93
73
2.87
2
0.079
X
Y
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbf)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
J
spool
dead band
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
(in)
(mm)
position 2 position 1
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
(in)
(mm)
position 2
spool
dead band
position 1
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
Suggested pressure control curve:
089 type
35 bar (507 psi)
28 bar (406 psi)
7.25 mm (0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
8 bar
(116 psi)
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
Suggested pressure control curve:
028 type
35 bar (507 psi)
21 bar (305 psi)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm (0.033 in)
5 bar
(72.5 psi)
21 bar (305 psi)
27 bar (392 psi)
3 bar (43.5 psi)
5 bar (72.5 psi)
Stroke
Stroke
Pressure Pressure
8IMX-8IMXF3 types: Stroke vs. Pressure diagram
8IM-8IMF3 types: Stroke vs. Pressure diagram
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
With spool stroke limiter on A and B ports
D1WWED01A
29
DPX Series
DPX050
2
3
0
1
VA VB
____________________________________________________________________________
Working and outlet section
Proportional hydraulic control
For oating circuit, 13IMP type
Features
Max. pressure .............: 70 bar (1010 psi)
A B
VA VB
24
0.94
24
0.94
46.5
1.83
57
2.24
223.5
8.80
SAE 4
49
1.93
73
2.87
2
0.079
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbf)
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
30 bar (435 psi)
18.2 bar (264 psi)
16.5 bar (239 psi)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
4 bar
(58 psi)
Pre-feeling
(mm)
02-2 4-4 6-6-8-10
0.1-0.1 0
-0.3 0.2-0.2
(in)
position 2position 3 position 1
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
spool
dead band
floating area
26.8 bar (389 psi)
28.3 bar (410 psi)
3.2 bar (46.4 psi)
5.3 bar (76.8 psi)
17.9 bar (260 psi)
15.5 bar (225 psi)
Stroke
Pressure
Stroke vs. Pressure diagram
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
35 bar (507 psi)
28 bar (406 psi)
7.25 mm (0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
8 bar
(116 psi)
Suggested pressure control curve
on VB port: 086 type
Suggested pressure control curve
on VA port: 089 type
D1WWED01A
30
DPX Series
DPX050
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
Electrohydraulic control performace data
Following specications are measured with:
• mineral oil of 46 mm
2
/s - 46 cSt viscosity at 40°C - 104°F temperature,
• standard spools, connecting P⇒A⇒B⇒T ports without ow multiplication,
• 12 VDC and 24 VDC nominal voltage with ± 10% tolerance.
Following electrohydraulic controls need CED100X or CED400X electronic unit; for information please contact Sales Department.
Specications Spool control type
8EB3 13EB3P 8EZ3 13EZ3P
Electric specications
Coil impedance
12 VDC 4.72 Ω 4.72 Ω 4.72 Ω 4.72 Ω
24 VDC 20.8 Ω 20.8 Ω 20.8 Ω 20.8 Ω
Max. operating current
12 VDC 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
24 VDC 0.75 A 0.75 A 0.75 A 0.75 A
No load current consumption 0 0 0 0
Hysteresis max.
(1)
With lever box congured controls
external drain 4% 4% 6% 6%
internal drain 5% 5% 7% 7%
Time response
from 0 ⇒ 100% and
from 100% ⇒ 0 of
stroke
< 60 ms < 85 ms < 75 ms < 85 ms
Min. ow control
signal
12 VDC 680 mA 500 mA 680 mA 500 mA
24 VDC 340 mA 250 mA 340 mA 250 mA
Max. ow control
signal
12 VDC 1240 mA
P⇒A: 950 mA
P⇒B: 945 mA
1030 mA
1240 mA
P⇒A: 950 mA
P⇒B: 945 mA
1030 mA
24 VDC 620 mA
P⇒A: 475 mA
P⇒B: 470 mA
515 mA
620 mA
P⇒A: 475 mA
P⇒B: 470 mA
515 mA
Float ow control
signal
12 VDC 1420 mA 1420 mA
24 VDC 710 mA 710 mA
Dither frequency
low frequency 150 Hz 150 Hz
high frequency 180 Hz - 200 mA 180 Hz - 200 mA
Insertion 100% 100%
Coil insulance
Class H (180°C -
356°F) Class H (180°C - 356°F)
Connector type AMP JPT - Deutsch DT AMP JPT - Deutsch DT
Weather protection (connector) IP65 (JPT type) - IP69K (DT type) IP65 (JPT type) - IP69K (DT type)
Hydraulic specications
Max. pressure
40 bar
(580 psi) 50 bar (725 psi)
Max. back pressure
10 bar
(145 psi) 10 bar (145 psi)
Note (1) hysteresis is indicated at nominal supply voltage and f = 0.008 Hz for one cycle (one cycle = neutral ⇒ full A ⇒ neutral ⇒ full B ⇒ neutral).
For the calculation rules see "Appendix A" on page 134.
D1WWED01A
31
DPX Series
DPX050
____________________________________________________________________________
Working and outlet section
Electrohydraulic control performace data
spool
dead band
02
2446
6810
(mm)
0
0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20-0.30
(in)
position 2position 3 position 1
400
0
800
1200
1600
(mA@12VDC)
200
0
400
600
800
(mA@24VDC)
floating area
spool
dead band
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6
400
0
800
1200
1600
(mA@12VDC)
200
0
400
600
800
(mA@24VDC)
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
(in)
(mm)
position 2 position 1
680 / 340 mA
1240 / 620 mA
Stroke
Current
8EB3-8EZ3 types: Stroke vs. Current diagram
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
500 / 250 mA
945 / 470 mA
1420 / 710 mA
Stroke
Current
13EB3P-13EZ3P types: Stroke vs. Current diagram
-5.5 mm
(-0.22 in)
5.5 mm
(0.22 in)
1030 / 515 mA
950 / 475 mA
D1WWED01A
32
DPX Series
DPX050
Deutsch DT06-4S mating connector, code 5CON140072
SPSL sensor
The SPSL position sensor converts the spool movements into a voltage linear signal.
SPSD sensor
The SPSD position sensor converts the spool movements into an electric digital signal.
Working conditions
Voltage supply 5 VDC
Current absorption < 10 mA (no load)
Mechanical life 3x10
6
Connector type DT04-4P Deutsch
Weather protection IP67 / IP69K
Working temperature
from -40°C to 105°C
(from -40°F to 221°F)
Working pressure
350 bar
(5100 psi)
Max. electrical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Max. mechanical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Output signal range from 0.5 to 4.5 V
linearity ± 5%
spool in neutral 2.5 ± 0.2 V
max. current 1 mA
EMC compatibility ISO 13766 / ISO 14982
Mechanical vibrations, shock, bumps IEC 68-2-6,-27,-29
Deutsch DT04-4P
connector
Pin Function
1 + 5V
2 not connected
3 GND
4 signal OUT
Deutsch DT04-4P
connector
Pin Function
1 Out A
2 GND
3 VB +
4 Out B
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
Deutsch DT06-4S mating connector, code 5CON140072
Working conditions
Voltage supply from 9 to 32 VDC
Current absorption < 10 mA (no load)
Mechanical life 3x10
6
Connector type DT04-4P Deutsch
Weather protection IP67 / IP69K
Working temperature
from -40°C to 105°C
(from -40°F to 221°F)
Working pressure
350 bar
(5100 psi)
Max. electrical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Max. mechanical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Output signal type PNP
max. current 6 mA
EMC compatibility ISO 13766 / ISO 14982
Mechanical vibrations, shock, bumps IEC 68-2-6,-27,-29
SPSD sensor output signal
SPSL sensor output signal
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
Electrohydraulic controls: spool position sensor
The sensor can be ordered exclusively through the EB and EZ type electrohydraulic controls; see pages 53 and 57 for available
control list.
(mm)
-4-5-6 -3 3-2 2-1 10 4 5 6
(%)
20
0
40
60
80
100
Spool stroke
(in)
-0.05 0.05-0.10 0.10-0.15 0.15-0.20 0.200
operation tolerance
operation tolerance
Battery voltage
(mm)
-4-5-6 -3 3-2 2-1 10 4 5 6
(V)
1
0
2
3
4
5
Spool stroke
(in)
-0.05 0.05-0.10 0.10-0.15 0.15-0.20 0.200
Output voltage
operation tolerance
D1WWED01A
33
DPX Series
DPX050
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Two-side electrohydraulic control
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT mating connector, code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
2
0
1
2
0
1
158
6.22
144
5.67
49
1.93
2
0.079
48
1.89
216
8.50
1
2
A B
X
Y
1
2
A B
158
6.22
144
5.67
49
1.93
2
0.079
62
2.44
230
9.06
1
2
A B
2
3
0
1
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbf)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbf)
X = allen wrench 4
Y = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbf)
K
J
J
K
J
8EB3 - 8EB34 types
8EB3F3 - 8EB34F3 types
13EB3P - 13EB34P types
12
0.47
18.5
0.73
246.5
9.70
D1WWED01A
34
DPX Series
DPX050
2
3
0
1
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
One-side electrohydraulic control
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT mating connector, code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbf)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbf)
X = allen wrench 4
Y = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbf)
M = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
N = wrench 17 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
2
0
1
B side option
(page 34)
1
2
80
3.15
2
0.079
49
1.93
145
5.71
158
6.22
A B
K
J
B side option
(page 34)
2 3
91.5
3.60
11.5
0.45
X
Y
A B
K
J
80
3.15
52
2.05
2
0.079
49
1.93
145
5.71
K
J
M
N
#
G
2
0
1
2
0
1
With SPSD spool position sensor
8EZ3F2 - 8EZ34F2 types
8EZ3SPSD type
8EZ3 - 8EZ34 types
13EZ3P - 13EZ34P types
D1WWED01A
35
DPX Series
DPX050
____________________________________________________________________________
Working and outlet section
"B" side options
These options are available for one-side electyrohydraulic controls only.
Lever boxes
Wrenches and
tightening torques
H = wrench 8
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm
(4.9 lbf)
K = allen wrench 4 - 9,8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
M = allen wrench 4
N = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbf)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9,8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
Z = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
65.3
2.57
X
Y
J
J
Z
Z
H
H
K
K
2
0
1 3
2
0
31
24.5
0.96
50.7
2.00
92.5
3.64
11°
11°
19°
30°
0
2
3
1
49
1.93
80
3.15
123
15
0.59
M8x1,25
2
0.078
B
Endcaps
28
1.10
J
J
40
1.57
12
0.47
M
N
2
0
1 32
0
1 3
22
0.87
21
0.83
LQ - LQ180 types
SLC type
LQF3 - LQF3180 types
With stroke limiters on A
and B ports
SLCF1 type
spool stroke limiter
on A port
LQ180 conguration
LQF3180 conguration
D1WWED01A
36
DPX Series
DPX050
100.5
3.96
2
0.079
4.5
0.0.18
16.5
0.65
27.25
1.07
87
3.43
A B
X
Working and outlet section
____________________________________________________________________________
Port valves
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
(US gpm)
0103020 40 50
306
9
12
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
(psi)
1500
0
3000
4500
(l/min)
Flow
Pressure
U type: setting example
(10 l/min - 2.6 Us gpm)
100 bar (1450 psi)
40 bar (580 psi)
340 bar (4950 psi)
200 bar (2900 psi)
270 bar (9900 psi)
150 bar (2150 psi)
5
0
10
15
20
(bar)
(l/min)
0103020 40 50
(US gpm)
306
9
12
(psi)
50
0
100
150
200
250
Flow
Pressure
U and C types: pressure drops
C type
U type (in anticavitation
U type valve:
antishock valves with prell
C type valve:
anticavitation
D1WWED01A
37
DPX Series
DPX100
E
36
1.42
17
0.67
36
1.42
43
1.69
55
2.16
103.5
4.07
47.25
1.86
114
4.49
M8
n.3 holes
24
0.94
60
2.36
35
1.38
39
1.54
10.5
0.41
130
5.12
27.1
1.07
30
1.18
3
0.12
30
1.18
100
3.94
250
9.84
F
T
P
A1
B1
A2
B2
TYPE
E F
mm
in
mm
in
DPX100/1 144
5.67
90.5
3.56
DPX100/2 180
7.09
126.5
4.98
DPX100/3 216
8.50
162.5
6.40
DPX100/4 252
9.92
198.5
7.81
DPX100/5 288
11.34
234.5
9.23
DPX100/6 324
12.76
270.5
10.65
DPX100/7 360
14.17
306.5
12.07
DPX100/8 396
15.59
342.5
13.48
DPX100/9 432
17.01
378.5
14.90
DPX100/10 468
18.43
414.5
16.32
DPX100/11 504
18.43
450.5
17.74
DPX100/12 540
18.43
486.5
19.15
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
500
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(l/min)
(US gpm)
5010
15
20
25 30
02040
60
80 100 120 140
Flow
Pressure
Flow
Pressure
02040
60
80 100 120
(l/min)
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(US gpm)
5010
15
20
25 30
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
500
6
th
section
12
th
section
1
st
section
P⇒T Pressure drop inlet compensator
(margin pressure)
A(B)⇒T pressure drop
(standard spool @ max.stroke)
_________________________________________________________________
Dimensional data and performance
D1WWED01A
38
DPX Series
DPX100
DPX100HP/2/AM1(TGW5-300\ELN)/HF-P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(320)/HF-P-101(120/120)-8IMNF3.
U3(320)/HF-P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(320)/HF-P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(320)/RF-SAE-12VDC
Example of entirely High Flow (HF) valve conguration, for High Pressure (HP)
HP open center inlet section
Std pressure closed center inlet section
HF working sections
Standard pressure
outlet section
Dimensional data and performance
_________________________________________________________________
High Flow (HF) DPX100 valve conguration
It needs to ow up to 120 l/min (32 US gpm) , the DPX100 valve can be congured with up to 4 HF (High Flow) working sections.
In addition to an entirely for Standard ow or High Flow conguration, a mixed conguration – Standard/HF – is available by
combining only the sections needed (the number of HF sections is always limited to 4).
In this case, for hydraulic requirements, the HF sections must be positioned just downstream to the inlet.
HF sections are suitable for use both in Standard Pressure and High Pressure (HP) valves.
The inlet ow rate must not be less than 140 l/min (37 US gpm).
DPX100HF/4/AM1(TGW5-300\ELN)/P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/
P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/RF-SAE-12VDC
Example of entirely High Flow (HF) valve conguration, for Standard Pressure
Std pressure open center inlet section
Std pressure closed center inlet section
HF working sections
Standard pressure
outlet section
43
1.69
44.5
1.75
58.5
2.30
106.5
4.19
36.5
1.44
3
0.118
260
10.24
47
1.85
6.5
0.26
60
2.36
41.5
1.63
143
5.63
27.1
1.07
20
0.79
226.5
8.92
280
11.02
M8
n.3 holes
43
1.69
107
4.21
103.5
4.07
55
2.17
52.5
2.07
117.5
4.63
43
1.69
46.5
1.83
P
T
A1 A2 A4 A4
B1 B2 B3 B4
D1WWED01A
39
DPX Series
DPX100
DPX100/4/AM1(TGW5-300\ELN)/HF-P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/HF-P-101(120\120)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/
P-101(80\80)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/P-101(80\80)-8IMNF3.U3(100)/RF-SAE12-(PTA1B1A2B2)10(A3B4A4B4)-12VDC
_________________________________________________________________
Dimensional data and performance
High Flow (HF) DPX100 valve conguration
Standard setting
working sections
Example of mixed - Standard/HF - valve conguration
Std pressure open center inlet section
Std pressure closed center inlet section
HF working
sections
Standard pressure
outlet section
39
1.54
10.5
0.41
60
2.36
36.5
1.44
58.5
2.30
130
5.12
247
9.72
260
10.24
143
5.63
107
4.21
103.5
4.07
55
2.17
103.5
4.07
117.5
4.63
58.5
2.30
47
1.85
11.5
0.45
36.5
1.44
3
0.118
M8
n.3 holes
44.5
1.75
212.5
8.37
266
10.47
20
0.79
43
1.69
39.5
1.56
36
1.42
43
1.69
T
A1 A2
A3 A4
B1 B2
B3 B4
D1WWED01A
40
DPX Series
DPX100
Hydraulic circuit
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Conguration example with mechanical and hydraulic controls
Conguration example with electrohydraulic controls
T2
A1 B1 A2 B2
TP
T2
A1 B1 A2 B2
T
VB1
VA1
VB2
VA2
P
LS
T1
T
P
A1 B1 A2 B2
L V
A1 B1 A2 B2
T
P
T1
L V
Open center circuit and lever control, with unloader
valve, without port valve arrangement
Open center circuit and one-side proportional electrohydraulic
control with lever, with unloader valve, port valve
arrangement and pressure reducing valve, internal pilot and
drain
Closed center circuit and proportional hydraulic control,
with unloader valve and port valve arrangement
Open center circuit and two-side proportional electrohydraulic
control, with unloader valve and port valve arrangement,
without pressure reducing valve, external pilot and drain
D1WWED01A
41
DPX Series
DPX100
____________________________________________________________________
Complete section ordering codes
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
1A
1A
3
3
1B
1B
2C
2B2A
6
6
6
2C
2B2A
6
- mechanical control
- hydraulic control
- solenoid control
- two-side electrohydraulic control
- one-side electrohydraulic control
1
2
3
4
5
DPX100/3/AM1(TGW3-175\ELN)/HF-Q-101(80\80)-8L/HP-Q-E101(80\80)-8IMN/P-S102(60\60)-8ES3.U3T/RF-..-12VDC
Nr. of working sections
54
DPX100 = standard pressure valve
DPX100HP = High Pressure valve
DPX100HF: High Flow valve
For working conditions and guide to HP and
HF valve conguration see pages 5, 6, 38, 39.
1B1A
2C 2B 2A
3
Tie rod tightening
wrench 17 - 35 Nm (25.8 lbft)
Tie rod tightening
wrench 17 - 35 Nm (25.8 lbft)
D1WWED01A
42
DPX Series
DPX100
Complete section ordering codes
___________________________________________________________________
1A Std pressure inlet section *
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100/AM1(TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205016S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, pressure relief valve and unloader
valve, with P-T-LS ports (LS plugged)
TYPE: DPX100/AM1(SO\TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205007S
DESCRIPTION: As rst one with non-return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100/AM1(SU\TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205017S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100/APF4\TGW3-175\VP-D(1.2)-SB10-Q40-SAE
CODE: 640205302S
DESCRIPTION: Designed for steering, compensator, priority
and pressure relief valves, with P-T-T3-LS-M-C-LSC ports (T-M-LS
plugged). Needs special tie rods
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100/AN1(TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205021S
DESCRIPTION: Without compensator, with press. relief valve and
unloader valve, with P-T-LS ports
TYPE: DPX100/AN1(TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE12-12VDC
CODE: 640205032S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with SAE12 P and T ports
Not available for High Pressure valve conguration
TYPE: DPX100/AN1(SO\TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205009S
DESCRIPTION: As rst one (Closed Center) with non-return ow
limiter from inlet section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100/AN1(SU\TGW3-175\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205022S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100/APFS4\TGW3-175\VP-D(1.2)-SB10-Q40\SB25-
LSF(NOFC)\ESO22N-SAE-12VDC CODE: 640205300S
DESCRIPTION: Designed for steering, with ushing valve (stand-
by 25 bar -
360 psi), priority, shut-o and pressure relief valves, P-T-
T3-LS-M-C-LSC ports (T3-M plugged). Needs special tie rod
Not available for High Pressure valve conguration
1B High pressure inlet section *
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100HP/AM1(TGW5-350\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205023S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, press. relief valve and unloader
valve, with P-T-LS ports (LS plugged)
TYPE: DPX100HP/AM1(TGW5-350\ELN)-SAE12-12VDC
CODE: 640205031S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with SAE12 P and T ports
TYPE: DPX100HP/AM1(SO\TGW5-350\ELT)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205014S
DESCRIPTION: As rst one with non-return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100HP/AM1(SU\TGW5-350\ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640205025S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
Closed Center circuit
Refer to "Std pressure" inlet sections
2A Std pressure working section *
Mechanical control
TYPE: DPX100/Q-101(80\80)-8L-SAE-FPM
CODE: 640115001V
DESCRIPTION: Lever control without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/P-101(80\80)-8L.U3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 640105001V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
Proportional hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100/Q-E101(80\80)-8IMN-SAE-FPM
CODE: 640115013V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/P-E101(80\80)-8IMN.U3(100)-SAE
CODE: 640105057S
DESCRIPTION: With antishock port valve
On/o solenoid control
TYPE: DPX100/Q-S102(60\60)-8ES3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640115014V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/P-S102(60\60)-8ES3.U3(100)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640105064S
DESCRIPTION: With antishock port valve
Two-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100/QE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640115006V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valves arrang.
TYPE: DPX100/PE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3.U3T-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640105007V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/PE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3.U3(100)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640105060S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with antishock port valves
One-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100/QZ-E101(80\80)-8EZ3LQF3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640115015V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX100/PZ-E101(80\80)-8EZ3LQF3.U3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640105019V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
TYPE:
DPX100/PZ-E101(80\80)-8EZ3LQF3.U3(100)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640105063S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with antishock port valves
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
D1WWED01A
43
DPX Series
DPX100
____________________________________________________________________
Complete section ordering codes
2B High Pressure working section *
Mechanical control
TYPE: DPX100HP/Q-101(80\80)-8L-SAE-FPM
CODE: 640115008V
DESCRIPTION: Lever control, without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/P-101(80\80)-8L.U3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 640105009V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
Proportional hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HP/Q-E101(80\80)-8IMN-SAE-FPM
CODE: 640115017V DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX100HP/P-E101(80\80)-8IMN.U3(320)
CODE: 640105021S DESCRIPTION: With antishock port valves
On-o solenoid control
TYPE: DPX100HP/Q-S102(60\60)-8ES3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640115018V DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX100HP/P-S102(60\60)- 8ES3.U3(320)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640105022S DESCRIPTION: With antishock port valves
Two-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HP/QE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640115019V
DESCRIPTION: With stroke limiter, without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/PE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3.U3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640105028V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/PE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3.U3(320)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640105023S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with antishock port valves
One-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HP/QZ-E101(80\80)-8EZ3LQF3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640115020V
DESCRIPTION: With stroke limiter, without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/PZ-E101(80\80)-8EZ3LQF3.U3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640105024V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/PZ-E101(80\80)-8EZ3LQF3.U3(320)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 640105025S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with antishock port valves
2C High Flow working section *
Mechanical control
TYPE: DPX100HF/Q-101(120\120)-8L-SAE12-FPM
CODE: 640115022V
DESCRIPTION: Lever control without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HF/P-101(120\120)-8L.U3T-SAE12-FPM
CODE: 640105032V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valve arrangement
Proportional hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HF/Q-E101(120\120)-8IMN-SAE12-FPM
CODE: 640115023V DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX100HF/P-E101(120\120)-8IMN.U3(100)-SAE12
CODE: 640105033S DESCRIPTION: With antishock port valves
Two-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HF/QE-E101(120\120)-8EB3TF3-SAE12-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640115024V
DESCRIPTION: With stroke limiter, without port valve arrangement
TYPE:
DPX100HF/PE-E101(120\120)-8EB3TF3.U3T-SAE12-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640105034V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port valves arrangement
One-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100/QZ-E101(120\120)-8EZ34SLCQ-SAE12-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640105048V
DESCRIPTION: With encap on B side, without port valve arrangement
TYPE:
DPX100HF/PZ-E101(120\120)-8EZ34LQF3.U3T-SAE12-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 640105047V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, with port valve arrangement
5 Voltage
Specify the voltage of electric devices.
4 Valve threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
3 Outlet section *
Outlet section is the same type for standard and High Pressure valve
For mechanical, hydraulic or solenoid conguration
TYPE: DPX100/RF-SAE CODE: 640305003S
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve and upper T2 port (plugged)
TYPE: DPX100/RF(04)-SAE CODE: 640305011S
DESCRIPTION: Bleed valve, upper T2, side P1-T1-LS1-M1 ports
(plugged)
For electrohydraulic or mixed conguration
TYPE: DPX100/RDN-NOTAP(VL)-SAE CODE: 640305002S
DESCRIPTION: Without pressure reducing valve, external pilot and
drain (V-L ports), with bleed valve and T1 side port (plugged)
TYPE: DPX100/RDR-SAE CODE: 640305006S
DESCRIPTION: With pressure reducing valve and Bleed valve,
internal pilot and drain (V-L plugged ports), T1 side port (plugged)
Type: DPX100/RDR(03)-SAE CODE: 640305007S
DESCRIPTION: With pressure reducing valve and bleed valve,
internal pilot and drain (V-L plugged ports), side T1-P1-LS1 ports
(plugged)
Note: for sections with dierent port arrangement contact Sales Dpt.
Assembling kit
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
Standard tie rods: for M and N type inlet sections
5TIR110145 For 1 section valve 5TIR110359 For 7 section valve
5TIR110179 For 2 section valve 5TIR110397 For 8 section valve
5TIR110215 For 3 section valve 5TIR110431 For 9 section valve
5TIR110252 For 4 section valve 5TIR110467 For 10 section valve
5TIR110289 For 5 section valve 5TIR110503 For 11 section valve
5TIR110323 For 6 section valve 5TIR110541 For 12 section valve
Special tie rods: for PFS type inlet section
5TIR110163 For 1 section valve 5TIR110382 For 7 section valve
5TIR110200 For 2 section valve 5TIR110417 For 8 section valve
5TIR110238 For 3 section valve 5TIR110454 For 9 section valve
5TIR110273 For 4 section valve 5TIR110487 For 10 section valve
5TIR110307 For 5 section valve 5TIR110526 For 11 section valve
5TIR110344 For 6 section valve 5TIR110561 For 12 section valve
Special tie rods: for valve HF conguration valve
5TIR110152 For 1 section valve 5TIR110238 For 3 section valve
5TIR110195 For 2 section valve 5TIR110280 For 4 section valve
NOTE: For valve in mixed conguration (standard+HF or HP+HF) or
with PFS inlet sections, please contact Sales Department
6
D1WWED01A
44
DPX Series
DPX100
Inlet section part ordering codes
___________________________________________________________________
1A Std pressure inlet section kit* page 46
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100/M1-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104509S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, P-T-LS ports (LS plugged),
arranged for unloader valve
TYPE: DPX100/M1-SAE12/EL CODE: YFIA104518S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with SAE12 P and T ports
TYPE: DPX100/M1(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104510S
DESCRIPTION: As rst one with non return ow limiter from working
section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100/M1(SO)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104511S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100/N1-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104512S
DESCRIPTION: Without compensator, with P-T-LS ports, arranged for
unloader valve
TYPE: DPX100/N1-SAE12/EL CODE: YFIA104520S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with SAE12 P and T ports
TYPE: DPX100/N1(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104513S
DESCRIPTION: As rst one (Closed Center) with non return ow
limiter from working section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100/N1(SO)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104514S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
2 Main pressure relief valve page 46
Valves standard setting is referred to 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) ow.
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(TGW2-80) 0MC09002000 Range 10-120 bar
(145-1750 psi)
std setting 80 bar (1160 psi)
(TGW3-175) 0MC09002001 Range 40-220 bar (580-3200 psi)
std setting 175 bar
(2550 psi)
(TGW4-250) 0MC09002002 Range 200-350 bar (2900-5100 psi)
std setting 250 bar
(3600 psi)
(TGW5-300) 0MC09002003 Range 290-385 bar (4200-5600 psi(
std setting 300 bar
(4350 psi)
SV XTAP524340D Relief valve blanking plug
1B High pressure inlet section kit* page 50
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100HP/M1-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104515S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, P-T-LS ports (LS plugged)
arranged for unloader valve
TYPE: DPX100HP/M1-SAE12/EL CODE: YFIA104519S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with SAE12 P and T ports
TYPE: DPX100HP/M1(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104516S
DESCRIPTION: As rst onewith non return ow limiter from working
section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX100HP/M1(SO)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA104517S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
Closed Center circuit
Refer to "Std pressure" inlet sections
3 Solenoid operated unloading valve page 50
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
ELN 0EF08002000 Without emergency override
ELV 0EF08002003 With screw type emergency override
ELP 0EF08002002 With push-button emergency override
ELT 0EF08002004 With “twist & push” emergency override
LT XTAP510320 Unloading valve blanking plug
4 Section threading
Specify only if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
5 Coil
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12VDC 4SLE001200A Coil type BER, ISO4400 conn., 12VDC
For complete available coils list see page 125.
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
DPX100 / A M1 (TGW3 - 175 \ ELN) - ...... - 12VDC
Valve setting (bar)
1A
1B
2 3 4 5
1B
1A
1A
2
3
5
AN: closed center
AM: open center
DPX100
: standard pressure section
DPX100HP: High Pressure section
D1WWED01A
45
DPX Series
DPX100
1 Inlet section kit* page 48
Following sections are suitable only for standard pressure valve
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100/APF4-SAE CODE: YFIA104572S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, P-T-T3-LS-M-C-LSC ports
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX100/APFS4-SAE CODE: YFIA104573S
DESCRIPTION: With ushing valve (stand-by 25 bar -
360 psi), shut-
o valve arrangement and P-T-T3-LS-M-C-LSC ports
TYPE: DPX100/APS4-SAE CODE: YFIA104574S
DESCRIPTION: Without compensator (seat plugged), shut-o valve
arrangement and P-T-T3-LS-M-C-LSC ports
2 Main pressure relief valve page 50
See previous page
3 Priority valve kit page 51
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Regulated ow = 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm)
D(1.2)-SB10-Q40 5CAS314058AV Stand-by (margin pressure)
10 bar
(145 psi)
D(1.2)-SB07-Q40 5CAS314058BV Stand-by (margin pressure)
7 bar
(100 psi)
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
4 Solenoid operated shut-o valve page 51
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
ESO22N 0EC08002031 Without emergency override
ESO22P 0EC08002033 With push-button emergency override
ESO22V 0EC08002034 With screw type emergency override
ESO22T 0EC08002035 With “twist & push” emergency override
EST XTAP510320 Valve blanking plug
5 Coil
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12VDC 4SLE001200A BER type coil, ISO4400 conn., 12VDC
For complete available coils list see page 1253.
6 Section threading
Specify only if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plugs*
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.1 for PFS section, nr.2 for PF section
3XTAP826160 SAE10 plug, nr.1
8
___________________________________________________________________
Inlet section parts ordering codes
DPX100 / APF4 \ TGW3-175 \ VP-D(1.2) - SB10 - Q40 \ SB14 - ....... - FPM
DPX100 / APFS4 \ TGW3-175 \ VP-D(1.2)-SB10-Q40 \ SB25-LSF(NOFC) \ ESO22N - ...... - 12VDC
Valve setting (bar)
Priority valve
stand-by (bar)
Steering max. ow
Compensator stand-by (bar)
1
1
1
4 56
6
2
2 1
3
3
DPX100 = standard pressure section
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
PF4: Open Center
3
7
7
7
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
PFS4: Closed Center
3
5
4
7
7
7
D1WWED01A
46
DPX Series
DPX100
M1(SU) type M1(SO) typeM1(SO) or M1(SU) type
Example of M Open Center section, standard pressure type
TP
TP
TP
Inlet section
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
103.5
4.07
30.5
1.20
108.5
4.27
30.5
1.20
13
0.51
18.1
0.71
17
0.70
8.5
0.33
46.5
1.83
48.5
1.91
29.75
1.17
19.75
0.78
129.5
5.10
41.5
1.63
233
9.17
M8
A
B
P
T
LS
M1 type
P
T
LS
INLET SECTION TYPE
P inlet port T outlet port
A B C D
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
Standard pressure Standard thread 27.1
1.07
47.25
1.86
3
0.118
11.5
0.45
High pressure (HP)
Standard thread 27.1
1.07
51.5
2.03
3
0.118
11.5
0.45
SAE12 thread 28
1.10
52.5
2.07
3
0.118
6.5
0.26
C
D
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
X
X
X
Y
D1WWED01A
47
DPX Series
DPX100
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Example of N Closed Center section
N1 type N1(SU) type N1(SO) type
T
P
T
P
T
P
LSLS LS
N1(SO) or N1(SU) type
103.5
4.07
30.5
1.20
108.5
4.27
30.5
1.20
13
0.51
18.1
0.71
47
1.85
17
0.70
8.5
0.33
46.5
1.83
29.75
1.17
28.5
1.12
19.75
0.78
129.5
5.10
41.5
1.63
233
9.17
M8
P
T
LS
N1 type
INLET SECTION TYPE
P inlet port T outlet port
A B C D
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
Standard thread 26
1.02
44.5
1.75
3
0.118
11.5
0.45
SAE12 thread 27.4
1.08
52.5
2.07
3
0.118
6.5
0.26
C
D
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
X
Y
D1WWED01A
48
DPX Series
DPX100
Inlet section
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Example of PF4 Open Center section, with priority valve
LS
M LSC C
T
P
40.5
1.59
103.5
4.07
2.5
0.098
16
0.63
12.5
0.49
10.5
0.41
14.5
0.57
33
1.30
65
2.56
13
0.51
8.5
0.33
29.5
1.16
14.5
0.57
14.2
0.56
37.5
1.48
179
7.05
37
1.46
129.5
5.10
M8
n. 2
70
2.76
5.5
0.22
44
1.73
29.75
1.17
59
2.32
3
0.12
43
1.69
20.5
0.81
10.7
0.42
58
2.28
16
0.63
Wrenches and tightening torques
K = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
W = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see related pages
Y
Y
Y
X
Z
W
W
K
D1WWED01A
49
DPX Series
DPX100
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Example of PFS4 Closed Center section, with priority valve and shut-o valve arrangement
PFS4 type PS4 type
LS
M LSC C
T
P
LS
M LSC C
T
P
103.5
5.14
2.5
0.098
29.5
1.16
14.5
0.57
13.5
0.53
129.5
5.10
M8
n. 2
70
2.76
66.5
2.62
44
1.73
29.75
1.17
59
2.32
3
0.12
16.5
0.65
14.5
0.57
38
1.50
240
9.45
16
0.63
83
3.27
33
1.30
14.2
0.56
20.5
0.81
13
0.51
8.5
0.33
37
1.46
43
1.69
40.5
1.59
65
2.56
10.5
0.41
10.7
0.42
58
2.28
12.5
0.49
Wrenches and tightening torques
K = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
W = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
Y
Z
W
W
K
X
Y
D1WWED01A
50
DPX Series
DPX100
Solenoid operated unloading valve
Inlet section
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Main pressure relief valve
Setting types
X
Z
Y
TGW
TZW
Legenda
TGW: free setting
TZW: valve set and locked
(cap code 4COP126301, n.2 pcs)
RAL3003 pigmented
Wrenches and tightening
torques
X = allen wrench 5
Y = wrench 19 - 20 Nm
(14.7 lbf)
Z = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbf)
Features
Max. ow ................: 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
Max. pressure .............: 380 bar (5500 psi)
Internal leakage ...........: 0.25 cm
3
/min @ 210 bar
(0.015 in
3
/min @ 3050 psi)
For coil features and options see coil BER at page 125.
Manual emergency types
62
2.44
85
3.35
85
3.35
88
3.46
2
1
2
1
2
1
ELTELVELPELN
2
1
X
Y
Legenda
ELN: without emergency
ELP: push button emergency override
ELV: screw emergency override
ELT: “push&twist” emergency override
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = wrench 24 - 30 Nm (22 lbf)
Y = manual tightening
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1500
0
3000
4500
6000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
500
(bar)
0
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
0
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
0
(l/min)
0510 15 20 25 30 35
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
2468
0
Setting range: TGW4 type Setting range: TGW5 type
Flow Flow
Pressure
Pressure
min. setting
min. setting
std. setting
std. setting
max. setting
max. setting
Setting range: TGW3 type
Flow
min. setting
max. setting
std. setting
Flow
Pressure
Setting range: TGW2 type
min. setting
std. setting
max. setting
Pressure
D1WWED01A
51
DPX Series
DPX100
4
0
8
12
16
(bar)
(l/min)
01020
30
40
(US gpm)
0246 108
(psi)
50
0
100
150
200
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Priority valve kit
Shut-o valve
Stand-by (margin pressure) vs. regulated ow
Regulated ow = 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
Flow
Pressure
A
B
A = spring for 7 bar (102 psi)
B = spring for 10 bar (145 psi)
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
X
Y
Features
Max. ow ................: 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
Max. pressure .............: 380 bar (5500 psi)
Internal leakage ...........: 0.25 cm
3
/min @ 210 bar
(0.015 in
3
/min @ 3050 psi)
For coil features and options see BER type coil at page 125.
Manual emergency types
2
1
2
1
2
1
66.5
2.62
89.5
3.52
89.5
3.52
92.5
3.64
Legenda
ESO22N: without emergency
ESO22P: push button emergency override
ESO22V: screw emergency override
ESO22T: “push&twist” emergency override
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = wrench 24 - 30 Nm (22 lbf)
Y = manual tightening
ESO22N ESO22P ESO22V ESO22T
2
1
X
Y
D1WWED01A
52
DPX Series
DPX100
1A Std press. working section kit* page 60
For mechanical control
TYPE: DPX100/Q-SAE CODE: 5EL1045010V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/P-SAE CODE: 5EL1045000V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For hydraulic and solenoid control
TYPE: DPX100/Q-IM-SAE CODE: 5EL1045010AV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/P-IM-SAE CODE: 5EL1045000AV
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
1B High press. working section kit* page 60
For mechanical control
TYPE: DPX100HP/Q-SAE CODE: 5EL1045011V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/P-SAE CODE: 5EL1045001V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For hydraulic and solenoid control
TYPE: DPX100HP/Q-IM-SAE CODE: 5EL1045010BV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/P-IM-SAE CODE: 5EL1045000BV
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
Working section part ordering codes (mechanical, hydraulic, solenoid)
________________
2
DPX100 / Q - S102(60\60) - 8ES3 - .... - 12VDC
6 6 7
DPX100 / Q - E101(80\80) - 8IMN - ....
5
3
2
4
8
1A 1B
6
6
6
6
2
7
5
5
7
1A 1B
10
DPX100 / P - 101(80\80) - 8 L . U1(100) U2(120) - ....
2 3 4 8
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port ow on A/B ports (l/min)
DPX100 : standard section
DPX100HP: High Pressure section
9
1B1A
2 Spool for Std and HP sections page 61
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For mechanical control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
101(80) 3CU7110101 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
109(70) 3CU7110109 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
102(60) 3CU7110102 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
112(50) 3CU7110003 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
103(40) 3CU7110103 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
111(30) 3CU7110002 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
104(20) 3CU7110104 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
113(10) 3CU7110113 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B to tank in neutral position
201(80) 3CU7110201 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
211(70) 3CU7125211 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
206(60) 3CU7110204 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
209(50) 3CU7125209 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
208(40) 3CU7125208 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
212(30) 3CU7125212 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
205(20) 3CU7110205 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
214(5) 3CU7125214 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
2H01(80) 3CU7110202 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
2H06(60) 3CU7124213 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
2H05(40) 3CU7124212 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
2H04(20) 3CU7124211 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
2H07(10) 3CU7124214 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A, B plugged: SAE8 plug is required
301(80) 3CU7110301 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
304(60) 3CU7131304 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
303(40) 3CU7131303 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
302(20) 3CU7131302 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral pos., 4 positions,
oating in 4
th
pos. with spool in: type 13 or 13F positioner is required
508(70) 3CU7142508 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
507(60) 3CU7142507 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
505(40) 3CU7142505 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
506(20) 3CU7142506 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
D1WWED01A
53
DPX Series
DPX100
_________________
Working section part ordering codes (mechanical, hydraulic, solenoid)
6 On/o solenoid control page 69
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8ES1-8ES2 5CAN08061 Single acting on A or B port
8ES3 5CAN08062 Double acting
7 Coil
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12VDC 4SOL412012 12VDC, ISO4400 D12 type connector
For complete available coils list see page 125.
8 Port valves page 82
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
U025 5KIT330025 Setting: 25 bar
(360 psi)
For complete valves list see next pages.
4 "B" side spool control kit page 66
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
L 5LEV107000 Standard lever box
LSG 5LEV107000S As previous, water-proof type
LF1 5LEV107100 As type L, spool stroke limiter on A port
LSGF1 5LEV107100S As previous, water-proof type
SLC 5COP207000 Without lever with endcap
SLP 5COP107010 Without lever with dust-proof plate
TQ 5TEL102100 Flexible cable connection
LCA1-4 5CLO207010 Joystick for 2 section operation:
type 1 and 4 congurations
LCA2-3 5CLO207011 As previous: type 2-3 congurations
3 "A" side spool positioners page 63
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
7FT 5V07407000 With friction and neutral pos. notch
7FTN 5V07407010 As 7FT, friction regulation with spring
8 5V08107000 3 pos., spring return to neutral pos.
8F2 5V08107100 Spool stroke limiter on B port
8D 5V08107200 External pin with M6 female thread
8TL 5V08107310 Arrangement for double control
8RM2-12VDC 5V08107590 Electromagnetic detent in pos.2
8MG3(NO) 5V08107660 With micro in postions 1 and 2
8PP 5V08107700 Proportional pneumatic control
8PNB 5V08107718 On/o waterproof pneumatic control
8EPNB3-12VDC 5V08107742 On/o electropneumatic control
8EPNB3-24VDC 5V08107743 On/o electropneumatic control
8K-12DC 5V08707212 Solenoid detent in neutral position
8K-24DC 5V08707224 Solenoid detent in neutral position
9B 5V09207000 Detent in position 1
10B 5V10207000 Detent in position 2
11B 5V11207000 Detent in positions 1 and 2
For oating circuit (spool 5)
13N 5V13307005 4 positions, detent in 4
th
position
with spring return to neutral position
13F 5V13507000 4 pos., spring return to neutral pos.
9 Section threading
Specify only if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plug for single acting spool *
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP822150 SAE8 plug
10
5 Proportional hydraulic control* page 68
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8IMN-SAE 5IDR204702V Range 8-27 bar
(116-392 psi)
8IMF3N-SAE 5IDR204710V As previous with spool stroke limiter
8IMXN-SAE 5IDR204701V Range 7.5-24 bar
(109-348 psi)
8IMXF3N-SAE 5IDR204713V As previous with spool stroke limiter
For oating circuit (spool I5)
13IMS-SAE 5IDR207750V Range 6.5-15.5 / 8-22.5 bar
(94-225 / 116-326 psi)
2 Spool for Std and HP sections page 61
................................................continuation
Flow is referred to 14 bar
(200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For solenoid control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
S102(60) 3CU7410102 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
S108(40) 3CU7410108 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
S107(30) 3CU7410107 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
S105(20) 3CU7410105 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
S106(10) 3CU7410106 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
S109(5) 3CU7410109 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
S2H02(60) 3CU7410202 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
S2H06(10) 3CU7410206H 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: SAE8 plug is required
S308-S408(40) 3CU7410308 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
S305-S405(20) 3CU7410305 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
For hydraulic control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
E101(80) 3CU7710101 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
E108(60) 3CU7710108 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
E123(50) 3CU7710123 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E105(40) 3CU7710105 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
E113(30) 3CU7710113 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
E106(20) 3CU7710106 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
E110(10) 3CU7710110 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
E159(5) 3CU7710159 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B to tank in neutral position
E210(70) 3CU7725006 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
E209(60) 3CU7725005 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
E214(50) 3CU7725010 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E206(40) 3CU7725003 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
E202(30) 3CU7725002 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
E205(20) 3CU7725001 20 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
E211(10) 3CU7725007 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
E2H01(80) 3CU7710202 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
E2H05(60) 3CU7724004 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
E2H04(40) 3CU7724003 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
E2H06(20) 3CU7724005 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
E2H03(10) 3CU7724002 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
E2H25(5) 3CU7724159 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: SAE8 plug is required
E301-E401(80) 3CU7710301 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
E305-E405(60) 3CU7731305 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
E304-E404(40) 3CU7731304 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
E303-E403(20) 3CU7731303 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral pos., 4 positions,
oating in 4
th
pos. with spool in: type 13IMS control is required
I504(60) YCU7742504 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
I503(20) YCU7742503 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
D1WWED01A
54
DPX Series
DPX100
1B High press. working section kit* page 60
The codes are referred to sections with FPM o-ring seals
For two-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HP/QE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1045015V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/PE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1045005V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For one-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HP/QZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1047021BV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HP/PZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1045006V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
1A Std press. working section kit* page 60
The codes are referred to sections with FPM o-ring seals
For two-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100/QE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1045012V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/PE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1045002V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For one-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100/QZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1047021AV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100/PZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1047006V
DESCRIPTION: With port valves arrangement
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
2 Spool page 61
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
E101(80) 3CU7710101 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
E108(60) 3CU7710108 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
E123(50) 3CU7710123 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm) ow
E105(40) 3CU7710105 40 l/min (10.5 US gpm) ow
E113(30) 3CU7710113 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm) ow
E106(20) 3CU7710106 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) ow
E110(10) 3CU7710110 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm) ow
E159(5) 3CU7710159 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B to tank in neutral position
E210(70) 3CU7725006 70 l/min (18.5 US gpm) ow
E209(60) 3CU7725005 60 l/min (16 US gpm) ow
E214(50) 3CU7725010 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm) ow
E206(40) 3CU7725003 40 l/min (10.5 US gpm) ow
E202(30) 3CU7725002 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm) ow
E205(20) 3CU7725001 20 l/min (2.6 US gpm) ow
E211(10) 3CU7725007 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
E2H01(80) 3CU7710202 80 l/min (21 US gpm) ow
E2H05(60) 3CU7724004 60 l/min (16 US gpm) ow
E2H04(40) 3CU7724003 40 l/min (10.5 US gpm) ow
E2H06(20) 3CU7724005 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) ow
E2H03(10) 3CU7724002 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm) ow
E2H25(5) 3CU7724159 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: SAE8 plug is required
E301-E401(80) 3CU7710301 80 l/min (21 US gpm) ow
E305-E405(60) 3CU7731305 60 l/min (16 US gpm) ow
E304-E404(40) 3CU7731304 40 l/min (10.5 US gpm) ow
E303-E403(20) 3CU7731303 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral pos., 4 pos., oating in
4
th
pos. with spool in: 13EB3.. or 13EZ3.. type positioner is required
E504(60) 3CU7742504 60 l/min (16 US gpm) ow
E503(20) 3CU7742503 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) ow
Working section part ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
_____________________________________
6
6
6
2
1A 1B
DPX100/QZ-E101(80\80) - 8EZ3SLCQ - .... -12VDC
5
DPX100/QE-E101(80\80) - 8EB3TF3 - .... -12VDC
65 6
5
1A
5
1B
2
5
2
7
3
3
4
1A 1B
9
DPX100 / PZ - E101(80\80) - 8EZ3 LQF3 . U1(100) U2(120) - ...... - 12VDC
2 3 38 94 7
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port ow on A/B ports (l/min)
DPX100 : standard section
DPX100HP: High Pressure section
1A 1B
D1WWED01A
55
DPX Series
DPX100
______________________________________
Working section part ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
3 One-side electrohydr. control page 78
Combine to "B" side options type LQ and LQF3
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EZ3-12VDC 5IDR604300V With AMP connector
8EZ3-24VDC 5IDR604301V With AMP connector
8EZ34-12VDC 5IDR604302V With Deutsch connector
8EZ34-24VDC 5IDR604303V With Deutsch connector
With spool position sensor
8EZ3SPSD-12VDC 5IDR604304V AMP conn. and digital sensor
8EZ3SPSD-24VDC 5IDR604305V AMP conn. and digital sensor
8EZ34SPSD-12VDC 5IDR604306V Deutsch conn. and digital sensor
8EZ34SPSD-24VDC 5IDR604307V Deutsch conn. and digital sensor
8EZ34SPSL-0.5(A)-4.5(B)-12VDC
5IDR604311V AMP conn. and analog sensor
For oating circuit (spool E5)
13EZ3-12VDC 5IDR614300V With AMP connector
13EZ3-24VDC 5IDR614301V With AMP connector
13EZ34-12VDC 5IDR614302V With Deutsch connector
13EZ34-24VDC 5IDR614303V With Deutsch connector
5 Complete one-side e.h. control page 80
Controls already comprehensive of endcap on B side
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EZ3SLCQ-12VDC 5IDR604300SV With AMP connector
8EZ3SLCQ-24VDC 5IDR604301SV With AMP connector
8EZ34SLCQ-12VDC 5IDR604302SV With Deutsch connector
8EZ34SLCQ-24VDC 5IDR604303SV With Deutsch connector
With spool position sensor
TYPE: 8EZ3SPSDSLCQ-12VDC CODE: 5IDR604304SV
DESCRIPTION: With AMP connector and digital sensor
TYPE: 8EZ3SPSDSLCQ-24VDC CODE: 5IDR604305SV
DESCRIPTION: As previous
TYPE: 8EZ34SPSDSLCQ-12VDC CODE: 5IDR604306SV
DESCRIPTION:With Deutsch connector and digital sensor
TYPE: 8EZ34SPSDSLCQ-24VDC CODE: 5IDR604307SV
DESCRIPTION: As previous
TYPE:
8EZ34SPSL-0.5(A)-4.5(B)SLCQ-12VDC CODE: 5IDR604311SV
DESCRIPTION: With AMP connector and analog sensor
4 "B" side options page 79
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For one-side electrohydraulic control
LQ 5LEV100700V Lever box
LQF3 5LEV100701V Lever box with spool stroke limiter
LQSL 5COP204100V Lever box without lever
8 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
6 Two-side electrohydr. control page 76
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Without lever control
8EB3T-12VDC 5IDR904214V With AMP connector
8EB3T-24VDC 5IDR904222V With AMP connector
8EB34T-12VDC 5IDR904236V With Deutsch connector
8EB34T-24VDC 5IDR904237V With Deutsch connector
8EB3TF3-12VDC 5IDR904217V With AMP, spool stroke limiter
8EB3TF3-24VDC 5IDR904224V As previous one
8EB34TF3-12VDC 5IDR904235V Deutsch conn.and stroke limiter
8EB34TF3-24VDC 5IDR904238V As previous one
Without lever control, with spool position sensor
8EB3TSPSD-12VDC 5IDR904233V AMP conn. and digital sensor
8EB3TSPSD-12VDC 5IDR904226V As previous one
Without lever control: for oating circuit (E5 spool)
13EB3T-12VDC 5IDR914201V With AMP connector
13EB3T-24VDC 5IDR914202V With AMP connector
13EB34T-12VDC 5IDR914214V With Deutsch connector
13EB34T-24VDC 5IDR914215V With Deutsch connector
With lever control
8EB3TLH-12VDC 5IDR904215V With AMP connector
8EB3TLH-24VDC 5IDR904228V With AMP connector
8EB34TLH-12VDC 5IDR904219V With Deutsch connector
8EB34TLH-24VDC 5IDR904239V With Deutsch connector
8EB3TLHF3-12VDC 5IDR904229V With AMP, spool stroke limiter
8EB3TLHF3-24VDC 5IDR904218V As previous one
8EB34TLHF3-12VDC 5IDR904240V With Deutsch connector with
spool stroke limiter
8EB34TLHF3-24VDC 5IDR904241V As previous one
With lever control and spool position sensor
8EB3TLHSPSD-12VDC 5IDR904234V AMP connector and digital sensor
8EB3TLHSPSD-24VDC 5IDR904232V As previous one
8EB3TLHF3SPSL-0.5(A)-4.5(B)-12VDC
5IDR904259V With spool limiter, AMP connector
and analog sensor
8EB3TLHF3SPSL-0.5(A)-4.5(B)-24VDC
5IDR904247V As previous one
With lever control: for oating circuit (E5 spool)
13EB3TLH-12VDC 5IDR914220V With AMP connector
13EB3TLH-24VDC 5IDR914211V With AMP connector
13EB34TLH-12VDC 5IDR914216V With Deutsch connector
13EB34TLH-24VDC 5IDR914217V With Deutsch connector
13EB3TLHF3-12VDC 5IDR914213V With AMP and spool stroke limiter
13EB3TLHF3-24VDC 5IDR914210V As previous one
13EB34TLHF3-12VDC 5IDR914218V With Deutsch, spool stroke limiter
13EB34TLHF3-24VDC 5IDR914219V As previous one
7 Port valves page 82
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
UT XTAP522441V Valve blanking plug
XTAP522442V As previous one, for HP valve
C 5KIT410000 Anticavitation valve
Fixed setting antishock and anticavitation valves:
setting is referred to 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm)
TYPE: U 100 CODE: 5KIT330 100
SETTING:
25 bar
(363 psi) 30 bar (435 psi) 40 bar (580 psi)
50 bar (725 psi) 63 bar (914 psi) 80 bar (1150 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi) 110 bar (1590 psi) 125 bar (1800 psi)
140 bar
(2050 psi) 150 bar (2150 psi) 160 bar (2300 psi)
175 bar
(2550 psi) 190 bar (2750 psi) 200 bar (2900 psi)
210 bar
(3050 psi) 220 bar (3190 psi) 230 bar (3350 psi)
240 bar (3500 psi) 250 bar (3600 psi) 260 bar (3750 psi)
270 bar
(3900 psi) 280 bar (4050 psi) 290 bar (4200 psi)
300 bar
(4350 psi) 310 bar (4500 psi) 320 bar (4650 psi)
340 bar
(4950 psi) 360 bar (5200 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi)
420 bar
(6100 psi)
setting (bar)
setting (bar)
Plug for single acting spool *
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP822150 SAE8 plug
9
D1WWED01A
56
DPX Series
DPX100
HF working section part ordering codes (mechanical, hydraulic)
__________________________
2
DPX100HF / Q - E101(120\120) - 8IMN - ...... - FPM
5
2
5
5
1
3
2 4
6
1
8
DPX100HF / P - 101(80\80) - 8 L . U1(100) U2(120) - ......
2 3 4 6
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port ow on A/B ports (l/min)
7
1
High Flow section
D1WWED01A
57
DPX Series
DPX100
1 High ow working section kit* page 60
For mechanical control
TYPE: DPX100HF/Q-SAE12-FPM CODE: 5EL1045F10V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HF/P-SAE12-FPM CODE: 5EL1045F00V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HF/Q-SAE12-IM-FPM CODE: 5EL1045F10AV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HF/P-SAE12-IM-FPM CODE: 5EL1045F00AV
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
5 Proportional hydraulic control* page 70
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8IMN-SAE 5IDR204702V Range 8-27 bar
(116-392 psi)
8IMF3N-SAE 5IDR204710V As previous with spool stroke limiter
8IMXN-SAE 5IDR204701V Range 7.5-24 bar
(109-348 psi)
8IMXF3N-SAE 5IDR204713V As previous with spool stroke limiter
4 "B" side spool control kit page 68
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
L 5LEV107000 Standard lever box
LSG 5LEV107000S As previous, water-proof type
LF1 5LEV107100 As L type, spool stroke limiter on A port
LSGF1 5LEV107100S As previous, water-proof type
SLC 5COP207000 Without lever with endcap
SLP 5COP107010 Without lever with dust-proof plate
3 "A" side spool positioners page 63
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
7FT 5V07407000 With friction and neutral pos. notch
7FTN 5V07407010 As 7FT, friction regulation with spring
8 5V08107000 3 pos., spring return to neutral pos.
8F2 5V08107100 Spool stroke limiter on B port
8D 5V08107200 External pin with M6 female thread
8TL 5V08107310 Arrangement for double control
8RM2-12VDC 5V08107590 Electromagnetic detent in pos.2
8MG3(NO) 5V08107660 With micro in postions 1 and 2
8PP 5V08107700 Proportional pneumatic control
8PNB 5V08107718 On/o waterproof pneumatic control
8EPNB3-12VDC 5V08107742 On/o electropneumatic control
8EPNB3-24VDC 5V08107743 On/o electropneumatic control
8K-12DC 5V08707112 Solenoid detent in neutral position
8K-24DC 5V08707124 Solenoid detent in neutral position
9B 5V09207000 Detent in position 1
10B 5V10207000 Detent in position 2
11B 5V11207000 Detent in positions 1 and 2
7 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plug for single acting spool *
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP832200 SAE12 plug
8
__________________________
HF working section part ordering codes (mechanical, hydraulic)
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
6 Port valves page 82
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
UT XTAP522441V Valve blanking plug
XTAP522442V As previous, for HP valve
C 5KIT410000 Anticavitation valve
Fixed setting antishock and anticavitation valves:
setting is referred to 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm)
TYPE: U 100 CODE: 5KIT330 100
SETTING:
25 bar
(363 psi) 30 bar (435 psi) 40 bar (580 psi)
50 bar (725 psi) 63 bar (914 psi) 80 bar (1150 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi) 110 bar (1590 psi) 125 bar (1800 psi)
140 bar
(2050 psi) 150 bar (2150 psi) 160 bar (2300 psi)
175 bar
(2550 psi) 190 bar (2750 psi) 200 bar (2900 psi)
210 bar
(3050 psi) 220 bar (3190 psi) 230 bar (3350 psi)
240 bar (3500 psi) 250 bar (3600 psi) 260 bar (3750 psi)
270 bar
(3900 psi) 280 bar (4050 psi) 290 bar (4200 psi)
300 bar
(4350 psi) 310 bar (4500 psi) 320 bar (4650 psi)
340 bar
(4950 psi) 360 bar (5200 psi) 400 bar (5800 psi)
420 bar
(6100 psi)
setting (bar)
setting (bar)
2 Spool page 61
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For mechanical control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
101(120) 3CU7110F01 120 l/min
(32 US gpm) ow
103(100) 3CU7110F03 100 l/min
(26 US gpm) ow
104(80) 3CU7110F04 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
102(60) 3CU7110F02 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B to tank in neutral position
201(120) 3CU7125F01 120 l/min
(32 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
2H11(100) 3CU7124F11 100 l/min
(26 US gpm) ow
2H06(60) 3CU7124F06 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
For hydraulic control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
E101(120) 3CU7710F01 120 l/min
(32 US gpm) ow
E103(80) 3CU7710F03 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B to tank in neutral position
E201(80) 3CU7725F01 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: G3/4 plug is required
E301-E401(120) 3CU7731F01 120 l/min
(32 US gpm) ow
D1WWED01A
58
DPX Series
DPX100
HF working section parts ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
________________________________
2
6
6
1
2
5
5
5
1
7
9
2
5
5
1
4
DPX100HF/QZ-E101(120\120) - 8EZ3SLCQ - ...... - 12VDC
55
DPX100HF/QE-E101(120\120) - 8EB3TF3 - ...... - 12VDC
6 6
DPX100HF / PZ - E101(120\120) - 8EZ3 LQF3 . U1(100) U2(120) - ...... - 12VDC
2 3 384 7
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port
ow on A/B ports (l/min)
High Flow section
1
D1WWED01A
59
DPX Series
DPX100
3 One-side electrohydr. control page 78
Combine to "B" side options
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EZ3-12VDC 5IDR604314V With AMP connector
8EZ3-24VDC 5IDR604313V With AMP connector
8EZ34-12VDC 5IDR604315V With Deutsch connector
8EZ34-24VDC 5IDR604316V With Deutsch connector
With spool position sensor
8EZ3SPSD-12VDC 5IDR604317V AMP connector and digital sensor
8EZ3SPSD-24VDC 5IDR604318V AMP connector and digital sensor
8EZ34SPSD-12VDC 5IDR604319V Deutsch conn. and digital sensor
8EZ34SPSD-24VDC 5IDR604320V Deutsch conn. and digital sensor
8EZ34SPSL-0.5(A)-4.5(B)-12VDC
5IDR604321V AMP conn. and analog sensor
5 Complete one-side e.h. control page 81
Controls already comprehensive of endcap on B side
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EZ3SLCQ-12VDC 5IDR604314SV With AMP connector
8EZ3SLCQ-24VDC 5IDR604313SV With AMP connector
8EZ34SLCQ-12VDC 5IDR604315SV With Deutsch connector
8EZ34SLCQ-24VDC 5IDR604316SV With Deutsch connector
With spool position sensor
TYPE: 8EZ3SPSDSLCQ-12VDC CODE: 5IDR604317SV
DESCRIPTION: With AMP connector and digital sensor
TYPE: 8EZ3SPSDSLCQ-24VDC CODE: 5IDR604318SV
DESCRIPTION: As previous one
TYPE: 8EZ34SPSDSLCQ-12VDC CODE: 5IDR604319SV
DESCRIPTION:With Deutsch connector and digital sensor
TYPE: 8EZ34SPSDSLCQ-24VDC CODE: 5IDR604320SV
DESCRIPTION: As previous one
TYPE:
8EZ34SPSL-0.5(A)-4.5(B)SLCQ-12VDC CODE: 5IDR604321SV
DESCRIPTION: With AMP connector and analog sensor
1 High ow working section kit* page 60
For two-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HF/QE-SAE12-FPM CODE: 5EL1045F11V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HF/PE-SAE12-FPM CODE: 5EL1045F02V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
For one-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX100HF/QZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1047F21V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX100HF/PZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1047F00V
DESCRIPTION: With port valve arrangement
6 Two-side electrohydr. control page 76
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Without lever control
8EB3T-12VDC 5IDR904214V With AMP connector
8EB3T-24VDC 5IDR904222V With AMP connector
8EB34T-12VDC 5IDR904236V With Deutsch connector
8EB34T-24VDC 5IDR904237V With Deutsch connector
8EB3TF3-12VDC 5IDR904217V With AMP, spool stroke limiter
8EB3TF3-24VDC 5IDR904224V As previousone
8EB34TF3-12VDC 5IDR904235V Deutsch conn. and stroke limiter
8EB34TF3-24VDC 5IDR904238V As previous one
Without lever control, with spool position sensor
8EB3TSPSD-12VDC 5IDR904233V AMP conn. and digital sensor
8EB3TSPSD-12VDC 5IDR904226V As previous one
With lever control
8EB3TLH-12VDC 5IDR904215V With AMP connector
8EB3TLH-24VDC 5IDR904228V With AMP connector
8EB34TLH-12VDC 5IDR904219V With Deutsch connector
8EB34TLH-24VDC 5IDR904239V With Deutsch connector
8EB3TLHF3-12VDC 5IDR904229V With AMP, spool stroke limiter
8EB3TLHF3-24VDC 5IDR904218V As previous one
8EB34TLHF3-12VDC 5IDR904240V With Deutsch conn. with
spool stroke limiter
8EB34TLHF3-24VDC 5IDR904241V As previous one
With lever control and spool position sensor
8EB3TLHSPSD-12VDC 5IDR904234V AMP conn. and digital sensor
8EB3TLHSPSD-24VDC 5IDR904232V As previous one
________________________________
HF working section parts ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
4 "B" side options page 79
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For one-side electrohydraulic control
LQ 5LEV100705V Lever box
LQF3 5LEV100706V Lever box with spool stroke limiter
LQSL 5COP204101V Lever box without lever
8 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plug for single acting spool *
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP832200 SAE12 plug
9
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
7 Port valves page 82
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
U025 5KIT330025 Setting: 25 bar
(360 psi)
For complete valves list see previous pages.
2 Spool page 61
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
E101(120) 3CU7710F01 120 l/min
(32 US gpm) ow
E106(100) 3CU7710F06 100 l/min
(26 US gpm) ow
E103(80) 3CU7710F03 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
E105(60) 3CU7710F05 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
E104(40) 3CU7710F04 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B to tank in neutral position
E201(80) 3CU7725F01 80 l/min
(21 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
E2H01(120) 3CU7724F01 120 l/min
(32 US gpm) ow
E2H03(100) 3CU7724F03 100 l/min
(26 US gpm) ow
E2H02(60) 3CU7724F02 60 l/min
(16 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: G3/4 plug is required
E301-E401(120) 3CU7731F01 120 l/min
(32 US gpm) ow
D1WWED01A
60
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
For mechanical, hydraulic and solenoid controls
21.5
0.85
107
4.21
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
118
4.65
2.5
0.098
43
3.27
47
1.85
48
1.89
143
5.63
18
0.71
30
1.18
107
4.21
A
A B
B
A B A B
Q type, for std or HP sections
(SAE 8 ports)
Q type, for FH section
(SAE 12 ports)
P type, for FH section
(SAE 12 ports)
QZ type
Q type P type
PZ type
QZ or PZ types
QE or PE types
P type, for std or HP sections
(SAE 8 ports)
Two-side pilot lines
A BA B
One-side pilot lines
QE type PE type
A B A B
18
0.71
103.5
4.07
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
36
1.42
130
5.12
39
1.54
45.5
1.79
A B
2.5
0.098
114.5
4.51
18.3
0.72
27.2
1.07
93.4
3.68
A B
For electrohydraulic control
D1WWED01A
61
DPX Series
DPX100
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
(US gpm)
6
0
12
18
24
30
30
0
60
90
120
(l/min)
(bar)
(psi)
1000 200
300
400
14
203
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Spools
Type 1 (1../E1../S1..) spool
A, B closed in neutral position
Type 4 (4../E4../S4..) spool
single acting on B
Type 2 (E2H..) spool
A, B to tank in neutral position
Type 2H (2H../E2H../S2H..) spool
A, B partially to tank in neutral pos.
Type 5 (5../E5../I5..) spool
oating in 4
th
position (pos.3)
Type 3 (3../E3../S3..) spool
single acting on A
AB
T
P
2
0
1
AB
T
P
201
AB
T
P
201
AB
T
P
2
0
1
AB
T
P
2
0
1
AB
T
P
2
013
Spool stroke (1../E1..)
position 1: + 6.5 mm
(- 0.26 in)
position 2: - 6.5 mm (+ 0.26 in)
Spool stroke (S1..)
position 1: + 3.5 mm
(- 0.14 in)
position 2: - 3.5 mm (+ 0.14 in)
Spool stroke
position 1: + 6.5 mm
(- 0.26 in)
position 2: - 6.5 mm (+ 0.26 in)
Spool stroke (2H../E2H..)
position 1: + 6.5 mm
(- 0.26 in)
position 2: - 6.5 mm (+ 0.26 in)
Spool stroke (S2H..)
position 1: + 3.5 mm
(- 0.14 in)
position 2: - 3.5 mm (+ 0.14 in)
Spool stroke (3../E3..)
position 1: + 6.5 mm
(- 0.26 in)
position 2: - 6.5 mm (+ 0.26 in)
Spool stroke (S3..)
position 1: + 3.5 mm
(- 0.14 in)
position 2: - 3.5 mm (+ 0.14 in)
Spool stroke (4../E4..)
position 1: + 6.5 mm
(- 0.26 in)
position 2: - 6.5 mm (+ 0.26 in)
Spool stroke (S4..)
position 1: + 3.5 mm
(- 0.14 in)
position 2: - 3.5 mm (+ 0.14 in)
Spool stroke
position 1: + 6 mm
(- 0.24 in)
position 2: - 6 mm (+ 0.24 in)
position 3: - 10.5 mm (- 0.41 in)
Pressure
Flow
Curves with spool nominal ow
@ 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
A = 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm)
B = 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm)
C = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
D = 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm)
E = 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
F = 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm)
G = 60 l/min (16 US gpm)
H = 70 l/min (18.5 US gpm)
I = 80 l/min (21 US gpm)
L = 100 l/min (26 US gpm) - only for HF working sections
N = 120 l/min (32 US gpm) - only for HF working sections
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
LM I
Spool ow vs. Stand-by pressure
(margin pressure)
D1WWED01A
62
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Spools
Following curves are detected with standard spools, connecting P⇒A⇒B⇒T and P⇒B⇒A⇒T ports without ow multiplication.
Customized spools with backpressure or ow multiplication may require dierent force, pressure and pilot current for
operation.
(psi)
145 348
0 150150 200200250300
(bar)
10.0
15.015.0 20.020.0 0
7.2
23.4 15.3 24.010.0
104341
position 3 position 2 position 1
20
0
40
60
80
100
0 2-2 4-4-8-10-12
(mm)
(l/min)
6-6
0
6
12
18
24
(US gpm)
0.1-0.1 0
-0.3 0.2-0.2
-0.4
(in)
(mA@12VDC)
(mA@24VDC)
840 500500600700 600 700
440 440 760
0800
2500
420 250350 300 300 350
220 220 380
400
440
880
380
760
(mA@12VDC)
(mA@24VDC)
1000 750750800 800
700 700 840
0900
3750
500 375400 400
350 350 420
450
510
1020
420
840
(in)
0.05-0.05
0 0.1-0.1 0.15-0.15 0.25-0.25 0.2-0.2
0 1-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
(mm)
position 2 position 1
(psi)
130 388
0 200200 300300
(mA@12VDC)
(bar)
(mA@24VDC)
1200 1200800 800
700 700
625 625350 350
1250 1250
01000 1000
(l/min)
0
6
12
18
24
30
(US gpm)
600 600400 4000500 500
10.0 10.015.0 15.020.0 20.025.0 25.00
26.8 26.8
9.0 9.0
(bar)
10.0 10.015.0 15.020.0 20.00
24.0 24.0
7.3 7.3
130388
(psi)
106 348
0
200 300
200300
106348
30
0
60
90
120
Port ow
3 position spool metering curve
Qin = 120 l/min (32 US gpm) - Open center circuit
Spool stroke
Pilot pressure
Pilot pressure
With 8IMN control kit
With 8IMN control kit
With 8IMXN control kit
With 8IMXN control kit
With 8EB3T or 8EZ3
control kit
Current
Current
1.5 mm
0.059 in
-1.5 mm
-0.059 in
Port ow
Floating spool metering curve
Qin = 90 l/min (24 US gpm) - Open center circuit
Spool stroke
Pilot pressure
With 13IMS control kit
With 13EB3T
control kit
With 13EZ3
control kit
Current
Current
Current
Current
-10.5 mm
-0.41 in
1.5 mm
0.059 in
-1.5 mm
-0.059 in
A
A
B
B
C
C
Curves with spool nominal ow
@ 14 bar
(200 psi) stand-by
(margin pressure)
A = 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm)
B = 60 l/min (16 US gpm)
C = 80 l/min (21 US gpm)
Curves with spool nominal ow
@ 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by
(margin pressure)
A = 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm)
B = 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm)
C = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
D = 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm)
E = 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
F = 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm)
G = 60 l/min (16 US gpm)
H = 70 l/min (18.5 US gpm)
I = 80 l/min (21 US gpm)
L = 100 l/min (26 US gpm)
only for HF working sections
M = 120 l/min (32 US gpm)
only for HF working sections
AA
BB
CC
DD
HH
MM
EE
FF
II
LL
GG
D1WWED01A
63
DPX Series
DPX100
8
0.31
33
1.30
62
2.44
Ø 9
Ø 0.35
53.5
2.11
A
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
position 2 position 1
(mm)
20
40
60
80
100
120
(N)
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
0.25-0.25
(in)
(lbf)
5
0
10
15
20
25
Stroke
Force
Force vs. Stroke diagram
108.5 N (24.4 lbf)
70 N (15.7 lbf)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
-6.5 mm
(-0.26 in)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"A" side spool positioners
With spring return to neutral position
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
36.5
1.44
36.5
1.44
54.5
2.15
2
0
1
M6
Ø 11
Ø 0.43
36.5
1.44
46
1.81
With friction
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = allen wrench 4
Y = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft)
Z = wrench 9
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
K = allen wrench 6
X = wrench 17
Y = wrench 30, manual tightening
Z = allen wrench 4
W = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft)
X
Z
Y
68
2.68
K
Y
max. 110.3
max. 4.34
X Y
JW
Z
2
0
1
J
J
J
8F2 type
Spool stroke limiter on B port
8 type
7FT type
8TL type
Arrangement for double
mechanical control
8D type
External pin with M6 female thread
7FTN type
With spring
regulation
D1WWED01A
64
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
"A" side spool positioners
108
4.25
71.5
2.81
114
4.49
600
23.6
76.5
3.01
22.5
0.89
2
0
1
Features
Nominal voltage ...........: 12 VDC ± 10%
Power rating ..............: 5.5 W
Min. detent release .........: 200 N
(45 lbft)
Coil resistance (@ 20°C - 68°F) : 26.2 Ohm
Coil insulance .............: Class H
(180°C - 356°F)
Insertion ................: 100%
Connector ...............: Deutsch DT04-2P
Mating connector ..........: Deutsch DT06-2S, code 5CON140046
Features
Switch mechanical life .......: 5x10
5
cycles
Switch electric life ..........: 10
5
cycles @ 7 A - 13.5 VDC, resistive load
5x10
4
cycles @ 10 A - 12 VDC, resistive load
5x10
4
cycles @ 3 A - 28 VDC, resistive load
Connector ...............: Packard Weather-Pack
Mating connector ..........: Packard Weather-Pack, code 5CON001
2
0
1
84.5
3.33
2
0
1
Complete controls
Circuit
Microswitch operation
position 1
8MG1
position 2
8MG2
positions 1, 2
8MG3
(NO) 5V08107670 5V08107680 5V08107660
(NC) / / 5V08107662 (*)
Note (*): with integrated connector
Complete controls
Voltage
Coil connector
ISO 4400 Packard M-Mack Deutsch DT04
12 VDC 5V08707112 5V08707613 5V08707412
24 VDC 5V08707124 5V08707624 5V08707424
For coil features and options see BE type coil at page 123.
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J
J
J
J
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = wrench 22 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
X
X
Y
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = wrench 24 - 9,8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
Y = wrench 21 - 6,6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
With electromagnetic detent in position 2, 8RM2 type
With microswitch for spool check in positions 1 and 2, 8MG3 type
With solenoid lock device in neutral position, 8K type
D1WWED01A
65
DPX Series
DPX100
Proportional pneumatic control, 8PP type
110
4.33
NPT 1/8"-27
nr.2
30
1.18
67.5
2.66
27.5
1.08
VA VB
2
0
1
VA VB
With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"A" side spool positioners
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
A
(mm)
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
50
0
100
150
200
(N)
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
0.25-0.25
(in)
(lbf)
10
0
20
30
40
position 2 position 1
Release force 160 N ± 10 N (36 lbf ± 2.2 lbf)
Stroke
Force
Force vs. Stroke diagram
-4.7 mm
(-0.18 in)
4.7 mm
(0.18 in)
-6.5 mm
(-0.26 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
Detent area Detent area
B
A
121.5 N (27.3 lbf)
132 N (29.7 lbf)
56 N (12.6 lbf)
104 N (23.4 lbf)
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
2
0
4
6
8
(bar)
(psi)
25
0
50
75
100
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
0.25-0.25
(in)
(mm)
position 2 position 1
Stroke
Pilot pressure
Stroke vs. Pilot pressure diagram
-6.5 mm
(-0.26 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
6 bar (87 psi)
5.2 bar (75.4 psi)
72.5
2.85
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
9BZ type
Detent in position 1
(see A curve)
10BZ type
Detent in position 2
(see B curve)
11BZ type
Detent in positions 1
(A curve) and 2 (B urve)
D1WWED01A
66
DPX Series
DPX100
On/o electropneumatic control, 8EPNB3 type
On/o pneumatic control, 8PNB type
104
4.09
56.5
2.22
143
5.63
35
1.38
29
1.14
109.5
4.31
100.5
3.96
37.5
1.48
Ø6
Ø0.24
VA
VA
VB
VB
2
0
1
VA VB
2
0
1
VA VB
104
4.09
56.5
2.22
35
1.38
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
"A" side spool positioners
PG9
A
A
(mm)
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
1
0
2
3
4
(bar)
(psi)
20
10
0
30
40
50
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
0.25-0.25
(in)
position 2 position 1
3.1 bar (45 psi)
3.4 bar (49.3 psi)
2.1 bar (30.5 psi)
2.9 bar (42 psi)
Stroke
Pilot pressure
Stroke vs. Pilot pressure diagram
-6.5 mm
(-0.26 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
Features
Pilot pressure .............: 6 bar (max.15 bar)
87 psi (max. 218 psi)
For coil features and options see BPV type coil at page 124.
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = wrench 15 - 6,6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
Y = wrench 13, manual tightening
J
J
J
X
Y
D1WWED01A
67
DPX Series
DPX100
For oating circuit
Not available for HF (High Flow) sections.
2
3
0
1
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"A" side spool positioners
20
0
40
60
80
02-2 4-4 6-6-8-10-12
100
0
200
300
400
(N)
0.1-0.1 0
-0.3 0.2-0.2
-0.4
(in)
(lbf)
(mm)
position 3 position 2 position 1
Stroke
Force
-10.5 mm
(-0.41 in)
87 N (19.6 lbft)
130 N (29.2 lbft)
136 N (30.6 lbft)
225 N (50.6 lbft)
308 N (69.2 lbft)
Release force from pos.3: 250 N ± 10% (56.2 lbf ± 10%)
(mm)
20
0
40
60
80
02-2 4-4 6-6-8-10-12
100
0
200
300
400
(N)
0.1-0.1 0
-0.3 0.2-0.2
-0.4
(in)
(lbf)
position 2position 3 position 1
Stroke
Force
88 N (19.8 lbft)
123 N (27.7 lbft)
119 N (4.69 lbft)
-10.5 mm
(-0.41 in)
detent = 300 N ± 10%
(67.4 lbf ± 10%)
72.5
2.85
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J
13N type
Detent in position 3
13F type
Additional spring in position 3
13F type: Force vs. Stroke diagram
13N type: Force vs. Stroke diagram
2 3
0
1
D1WWED01A
68
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
"B" side spool control kit
Standard lever boxes
17.5
0.43
37
1.46
11
0.43
30
1.18
18.5
0.73
Ø8H8
Ø0.31
Ø13.5
Ø0.53
Ø14
Ø0.55
8
0.31
72.5
2.85
Waterproof lever boxes
Without lever boxes
L type
54
2.13
30
1.18
26°30'
(*)
(*)
M10
22.5
0.89
L180 conguration
10
0.39
24
0.94
65
2.56
79
3.11
0
1
3
2
LSG type
LF1 type
Spool stroke limiter
on A port
53.7
2.11
68.5 (max)
2.70 (max)
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = allen wrench 4
Y = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbf)
W = wrench 24
X
Y
LSGF1 type
Spool stroke limiter
on A port
SLP type
With dust-proof plate
SLC type
With endcap
TQ type
Flexible cabler connection
X
Y
J
J
J
54.2
2.13
69 (max)
2.72 (max)
2
0
1 3
2
0
1 3
2
0
1 3
2
0
31
2
0
31
2
0
1 3
Angle (*)
16° with 8 type positioners.
15° with 13 type positioners.
J
J
J
54.5
2.15
30.5
1.20
J
81
3.19
CD or CG cable types
2
0
1 3
J
W
D1WWED01A
69
DPX Series
DPX100
A2
B1
A2-B1 B1-B2
A1-A2 A1-B2
A1
B2
B1
A2
A2-B1 A2-A1
B2-B1 A1-B2
B2
A1
B1
B2
B2-B1 A1-B2
A2-B1 A1-A2
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2-A1 A1-B2
A2-B1 B2-B1
B1
B2
27
1.06
27
1.06
27
1.06
27
1.06
9
0.35
9
0.35
9
0.35
9
0.35
95
3.74
12.5
0.49
40
1.57
12.5
0.49
52.5
2.07
M12
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"B" side spool control kit
Working angles
Horizontal axis Vertical axis
Max. working angles
Horizontal
axis
Vertical
axis
Single action operation 15°4' 15°4'
Single action operation with oating 25°2' 25°2'
Two section operation 15°52' 15°52'
Two section operation with oating 18°3' 18°3'
2
0
1 3
2
0
1 3
B1 B2
Joysticks for two section operation
Not available for HF (High Flow) sections.
LCA2 conguration
example
B1
B2
A1
A2
LCA1-4 type LCA2-3 type
LCA1 conguration
LCA4 conguration
LCA2 conguration
LCA3 conguration
21
0.83
D1WWED01A
70
DPX Series
DPX100
8IMN - 8IMXN types
46.5
1.83
SAE 4
19
0.75
52.5
2.07
87
3.43
2.5
0.098
2
0
1
VA VB
2
0
1
VA VB
VA VB
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Proportional hydraulic control
13
0.51
VA VB
X
A AB B
Features (all types)
Max. pressure .............: 70 bar (1015 psi)
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
J
J
Y
223 - 236 (HF)
8.78 - 9.29 (HF)
247 - 260 (HF)
9.72 - 10.24 (HF)
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
0.25-0.25
(in)
(mm)
position 2
spool
dead band
position 1
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
Suggested pressure control curve:
089 type
35 bar (507 psi)
28 bar (406 psi)
7.25 mm (0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
8 bar
(116 psi)
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pilot pressure
Suggested pressure control curve:
054 type
35 bar (507 psi)
24.5 bar (355 psi)
7.25 mm (0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
6.2 bar
(90 psi)
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.05-0.05 0
0.15-0.15 0.10-0.10
0.20-0.20
0.25-0.25
(in)
(mm)
position 2
spool
dead band
position 1
26.8 bar (388 psi)
4 bar (58 psi)
Stroke
Pressure
-6.5 mm
(-0.26 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
24 bar (348 psi)
1.9 bar (27.6 psi)
Pressure
-6.5 mm
(-0.26 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
8IMN-8IMF3N types: Pressure vs. Stroke diagram
8IMXN-8IMXF3N types: Pressure vs. Stroke diagram
8IMF3N - 8IMXF3N types
With spool stroke limiter on A and B ports
D1WWED01A
71
DPX Series
DPX100
For oating circuit, 13IMS type
Not available for HF (High Flow) sections.
50
1.97
230
9.06
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
SAE 4
2
3
0
1
VA VB
VA VB
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Proportional hydraulic control
Features
Max. pressure .............: 70 bar (1015 psi)
A B
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
02
-2
4-4-8-10-12
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
0.1-0.1 0
-0.3 0.2-0.2
-0.4
(in)
(mm)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
position 3 position 2 position 1
6-6
spool
dead band
floating area
-10.5 mm
(-0.41 in)
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
Suggested pressure control curve
on port VA: 098 type
26 bar (377 psi)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
7 bar
(102 psi)
24 bar (348 psi)
5 bar (72.5 psi)
4.5 bar (65.3 psi)
23.5 bar (341 psi)
Stroke
Pressure
Stroke vs. Pressure diagram
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
Suggested pressure control curve
on port VB: 086 type
30 bar (435 psi)
18.2 bar (264 psi)
16.5 bar (239 psi)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
4 bar
(58 psi)
Pre-feeling
D1WWED01A
72
DPX Series
DPX100
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
83.6
3.29
87.3
3.44
304.6
11.99
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
On/o solenoid control
Not available for HF (High Flow) sections.
A B
Features
Max. ow on working ports : 60 l/min (16 US gpm)
Internal leakage A(B)⇒T . . : 15 cm
3
/min @ 100 bar and 20°C
(0.92 in
3
/min @ 1450 psi and 68°F)
For coil features and options see D12 type coil at page 125.
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = wrench 17 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Y = special wrench - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
Z = wrench 22 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
XY
J
87.3
3.44
235.3
9.26
X
Z
Y
J
87.3
3.44
235.3
9.26
X
Z
Y
J
8ES3 type
Double acting
8ES1 type
Single acting in A
8ES2 type
Single acting in B
D1WWED01A
73
DPX Series
DPX100
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Electrohydraulic control performace data
Following specications are measured with:
• mineral oil of 46 mm
2
/s (46 cSt) viscosity at 40°C (104°F) temperature.
• standard spools, connecting P⇒A⇒B⇒T ports without ow multiplication
• 12 VDC and 24 VDC nominal voltage with ± 10% tolerance.
Following electrohydraulic controls need CED100X or CED400X electronic unit; for information please contact Sales Department.
Specications Spool control type
8EB3 13EB3 8EZ3 13EZ3
Electric specications
Coil impedance
12 VDC 4.72 Ω 4.72 Ω 4.72 Ω 4.72 Ω
24 VDC 20.8 Ω 20.8 Ω 20.8 Ω 20.8 Ω
Max. operating current
12 VDC 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
24 VDC 0.75 A 0.75 A 0.75 A 0.75 A
No load current consumption 0 0 0 0
Hysteresis max.
(1)
With lever box congured controls
external drain
3%
5% with lever
4%
7% with lever
7% 7%
internal drain
4%
6% with lever
6%
9% with lever
9% 9%
Time response
from 0 ⇒ 100% and from
100% ⇒ 0 of stroke
< 50 ms < 55 ms < 50 ms < 55 ms
Min. ow control signal
12 VDC 700 mA 440 mA 700 mA 700 mA
24 VDC 350 mA 220 mA 350 mA 350 mA
Flow control signal
12 VDC 1250 mA 760 mA 1250 mA 840 mA
24 VDC 625 mA 380 mA 625 mA 420 mA
Max. oat ow control
signal
12 VDC 880 mA 1020 mA
24 VDC 440 mA 510 mA
Dither frequency
low frequency 150 Hz 150 Hz
high frequency 180 Hz - 200 mA 180 Hz - 200 mA
Insertion 100% 100%
Coil insulance
Class H (180°C -
356°F) Class H (180°C - 356°F)
Connector type AMP JPT - Deutsch DT AMP JPT - Deutsch DT
Weather protection (connector) IP65 (JPT type) - IP69K (DT type) IP65 (JPT type) - IP69K (DT type)
Hydraulic specications
Max. pressure
40 bar
(580 psi) 50 bar (725 psi)
Max. back pressure
10 bar
(145 psi) 10 bar (145 psi)
Note (1) hysteresis is indicated at nominal supply voltage and f = 0.008 Hz for one cycle (one cycle = neutral ⇒ full A ⇒ neutral ⇒ full B ⇒ neutral).
For the calculation rules see "Appendix A" on page 134.
D1WWED01A
74
DPX Series
DPX100
spool
dead band
(in)
0.05-0.05
0 0.1-0.1 0.15-0.15 0.25-0.25 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 7-7
(mm)
position 2 position 1
400
0
800
1200
1600
(mA@12VDC)
200
0
400
600
800
(mA@24VDC)
700 / 350 mA
1250 / 625 mA
Stroke
Current
-6.5 mm
(-0.26 in)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
02-2 4-4-8-10-12
(mm)
position 3 position 2 position 1
6-6
400
0
800
1200
1600
(mA@12VDC)
200
0
400
600
800
(mA@24VDC)
(in)
0 0.1-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4 0.2
spool
dead band
floating area
5
44
B
A
11
6
5
22
3
Stroke
Current
-10.5 mm
(-0.41 in)
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Electrohydraulic control performace data
8EB3T-8EZ3 type: Stroke vs. Current diagram
13EB3T-13EZ3 type: Stroke vs. Current diagram
A curve = 13EB3T control
1 = 440 mA @ 12 VDC - 220 mA @ 24 VDC
2 = 760 mA @ 12 VDC - 380 mA @ 24 VDC
3 = 880 mA @ 12 VDC - 440 mA @ 24 VDC
B curve = 13EZ3 control
4 = 700 mA @ 12 VDC - 350 mA @ 24 VDC
5 = 840 mA @ 12 VDC - 420 mA @ 24 VDC
6 = 1020 mA @ 12 VDC - 510 mA @ 24 VDC
D1WWED01A
75
DPX Series
DPX100
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Electrohydraulic controls: spool position sensor
The sensor can be ordered exclusively through the electrohydraulic EB and EZ type controls; see pages 53 and 57 for available
control list.
Deutsch DT06-4S mating connector, code 5CON140072
SPSL sensor
The SPSL position sensor converts the spool movements into a voltage linear signal.
SPSD sensor
The SPSD position sensor converts the spool movements into an electric digital signal.
Working conditions
Voltage supply 5 VDC
Current absorption < 10 mA (no load)
Mechanical life 3x10
6
Connector type DT04-4P Deutsch
Weather protection IP67 / IP69K
Working temperature
from -40°C to 105°C
(from -40°F to 221°F)
Working pressure
350 bar
(5100 psi)
Max. electrical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Max. mechanical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Output signal range from 0.5 to 4.5 V
linearity ± 5%
spool in neutral 2.5 ± 0.2 V
max. current 1 mA
EMC compatibility ISO 13766 / ISO 14982
Mechanical vibrations, shock, bumps IEC 68-2-6,-27,-29
Deutsch DT04-4P
connector
Pin Function
1 + 5V
2 not connected
3 GND
4 signal OUT
Deutsch DT04-4P
connector
Pin Function
1 Out A
2 GND
3 VB +
4 Out B
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
Deutsch DT06-4S mating connector, code 5CON140072
Working conditions
Voltage supply from 9 to 32 VDC
Current absorption < 10 mA (no load)
Mechanical life 3x10
6
Connector type DT04-4P Deutsch
Weather protection IP67 / IP69K
Working temperature
from -40°C to 105°C
(from -40°F to 221°F)
Working pressure
350 bar
(5100 psi)
Max. electrical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Max. mechanical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Output signal type PNP
max. current 6 mA
EMC compatibility ISO 13766 / ISO 14982
Mechanical vibrations, shock, bumps IEC 68-2-6,-27,-29
(mm)
-4-5-6-7 -3 3-2 2-1 10 4 5 6 7
(%)
20
0
40
60
80
100
Spool stroke
(in)
-0.05 0.05-0.10 0.10-0.15 0.15-0.20 0.20-0.25 0.250
operation tolerance
operation tolerance
Battery voltage
SPSD sensor output signal
(mm)
-4-5-6-7 -3 3-2 2-1 10 4 5 6 7
(V)
1
0
2
3
4
5
Spool stroke
(in)
-0.05 0.05-0.10 0.10-0.15 0.15-0.20 0.20-0.25 0.250
Output voltage
operation tolerance
SPSL sensor output signal
D1WWED01A
76
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Two-side electrohydraulic control
12
264 - 277 (HF)
10.39 - 10.91 (HF)
15
0.59
X
K
YJ
A B
12
162.5
6.40
148.5
5.85
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
52
2.05
234 - 247 (HF)
9.21 - 9.72 (HF)
A B
K
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
H = allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
Z = wrench 29 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
W = wrench 8
12
162.5
6.40
148.5
5.85
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
30
1.18
30.5
1.20
(*)
(*)
25°
52
2.05
247 - 260 (HF)
9.72 - 10.24 (HF)
286 - 299 (HF)
11.26 - 11.77 (HF)
65
2.56
M8
20
0.79
0
2
1
3
A B
K
H
Z W
J
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT mating connector, code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
2
0
1
8EB3T - 8EB34T types
2
0
1
8EB3TF3 - 8EB34TF3 types
13EB3T - 13EB34T types
2
0
1
8EB3TLH - 8EB34TLH types
13EB3TLH - 13EB34TLH types
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
Without lever control
13EB3 type controls are not available for HF sections.
With lever control
13EB3 types controls are not available for HF sections.
Angle (*)
15° with 8EB3.. type controls
14° with 13EB3.. type controls
D1WWED01A
77
DPX Series
DPX100
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Two-side electrohydraulic control
148.5
5.85
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
52
2.05
52
2.05
A
With spool position sensor
Note: for more dimensions
see previous pages
N
M
K
J
H
Z
W
12
162.5
6.40
148.5
5.85
52.5
2.07
2.5
0.098
30
1.18
30.5
1.20
A B
H
Z
W
K
J
X
Y
(*)
(*)
25°
0
2
1
3
65
2.56
16.5
0.65
20
0.79
52
2.05
247 - 260 (HF)
9.72 - 10.24 (HF)
286 - 299 (HF)
11.26 - 11.77 (HF)
M8
Wrenches and tightening torques
H = allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
M = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
N = wrench 17 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
Z = wrench 29 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
W = wrench 8
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT mating connector, code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
1
13EB3TLHF3 - 13EB34TLHF3 types
2
0
1
8EB3TLHF3 - 8EB34TLHF3 types
2
3
0
1
With lever control
13EB3 type controls are not available for HF sections.
Angle (*)
15° with 8EB3.. type controls; 14° with 13EB3.. type controls
2
0
1
G
#
2
0
1
G
#
8EB3TSPSD type
CANbus interface
8EB3TLHSPSD type
CANbus interface
8EB3TLHSPSL type
Analog input
2
0
1
G
U
8EB3TSPSD
8EB3TLHSPSD
8EB3TLHSPSL
D1WWED01A
78
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
One-side electrohydraulic control
Wrenches and
tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm
(4.9 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3
5 Nm
(3.7 lbft)
M = allen wrench 4
9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
N = wrench 17
9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
M
K
J
A
A
N
75
2.95
1
2
K
J
75
2.95
52
2.05
52
2.05
B side option
(page 79)
1 2
2.5
0.098
52.5
2.07
150.5
5.93
163.5
6.44
A B
K
J
75
2.95
For HF sections
B side option
(page 79)
1
2
2.5
0.098
52.5
2.07
150.5
5.93
163.5
6.44
A B
75
2.95
K
J
1
2
For Standard and HP sections
M
N
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT mating connector, code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
8EZ34SPSL type
Analog input
G
U
2
0
1
8EZ34SPSL type
Analog input
G
U
2
0
1
#
G
2
0
1
8EZ3SPSD - 8EZ34SPSD types
CANbus interface
#
G
2
0
1
8EZ3SPSD - 8EZ34SPSD types
CANbus interface
2
0
1
8EZ3 - 8EZ34 types
2
0
1
8EZ3 - 8EZ34 types
2
3
0
1
13EZ3 - 13EZ34 types
D1WWED01A
79
DPX Series
DPX100
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"B" side options
These options are available for one-side electyrohydraulic controls only.
Lever boxes for Standard and HP sections
Lever boxes for HF section
2
0
1 3
2
0
1 3
2
0
31
2
0
31
Wrenches and tightening torques
H = allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbf)
Z = wrench 29 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
W = wrench 8
44.7
1.76
102.5
4.04
72
2.83
20
0.79
79.5
3.13
25°
(*)
(*)
45°
M8
0
1
3
2
52.5
2.07
137
5.39
2.5
0.098
B
H
W
Z
J
52.5
2.07
86
3.39
2.5
0.098
B
W
Z
100,5
3.96
X
Y
H
J
44.7
1.76
72
2.83
23
0.91
52.5
2.07
79.5
3.13
2.5
0.098
B
Z
W
J
2
0
31
2
0
31
122.5
4.82
92
3.62
20
0.79
M8
H
W
Z
64.7
2.55
79.5
3.13
25°
(*)
(*)
45°
0
1
3
2
52.5
2.07
137
5.39
2.5
0.098
J
B
52.5
2.07
86
3.39
2.5
0.098
W
Z
120.5
4.74
X
Y
H
J
B
B
64.7
2.55
92
3.62
23
52.5
2.07
79.5
3.13
Z
W
J
2.5
0.098
LQ type
LQ type
LQSL type
Without lever
LQSL type
Without lever
LQF3 type
Spool stroke limiter on A
and B ports
LQF3 type
Spool stroke limiter on A
and B ports
Angle (*)
15° with 8EZ3.. type controls
14° with 13EZ3.. type controls
Angle (*)
15° with 8EZ3.. type controls
14° with 13EZ3.. type controls
D1WWED01A
80
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Complete one-side electrohydraulic control
Controls already comprehensive of endcap on B side.
J
J
K
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT mating connector, code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
2
0
1
2
3
0
1
G
U
2
0
1
#
G
2
0
1
K
J
75
2.95
72
2.83
52
2.05
2.5
0.098
2.5
0.098
52.5
2.07
150.5
5.93
150.5
5.93
150.5
5.93
163.5
6.44
163.5
6.44
75
2.95
277
10.91
329
12.95
72
2.83
M
J
N
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
M = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
N = wrench 17 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
1 2
1
2
A
A
B
B
For Standard and HP sections
8EZ3 - 8EZ34 types
13EZ3 - 13EZ34 types
8EZ34SPSL type
Analog input
8EZ3SPSD - 8EZ34SPSD types
CANbus interface
D1WWED01A
81
DPX Series
DPX100
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Complete one-side electrohydraulic control
Controls already comprehensive of endcap on B side.
J
J
K
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT mating connector, code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
2
0
1
G
U
2
0
1
#
G
2
0
1
K
J
75
2.95
92
3.62
52
2.05
2.5
0.098
2.5
0.098
52.5
2.07
52.5
2.07
150.5
5.93
150.5
5.93
163.5
6.44
163.5
6.44
75
2.95
310
12.20
362
14.25
92
3.62
M
J
N
1 2
1
2
A
A
B
B
For HF section
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 4 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
M = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
N = wrench 17 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbf)
8EZ3 - 8EZ34 types
8EZ34SPSL type
Analog input
8EZ3SPSD - 8EZ34SPSD types
CANbus interface
D1WWED01A
82
DPX Series
DPX100
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Port valves
0153045607590
5
0
10
15
20
(bar)
(psi)
50
0
100
150
200
250
(US gpm)5010
15
20
(l/min)
Flow
Pressure
Pressure drop
(in anticavitation)
0153045607590
5
0
10
15
20
(bar)
(psi)
50
0
100
150
200
250
(US gpm)5010
15
20
(l/min)
Flow
Pressure
Pressure drop
(US gpm)
0153045607590
5010
15
20
100
0
200
300
400
500
(bar)
(psi)
1500
0
3000
4500
6000
(l/min)
Flow
Pressure
Setting example
(10 l/min - 2.6 Us gpm)
25 bar (360 psi)
50 bar (725 psi)
110 bar (1590 psi)
175 bar (2550 psi)
360 bar (5200 psi)
300 bar (4350 psi)
230 bar (3350 psi)
420 bar (6100 psi)
2.5
0.098
11
0.43
93.4
3.68
18.3
0.72
27.2
1.07
101
3.98
A B
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = wrench 13 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
X
U type
C type
U type: antishock valves with prell C type: anticavitation valves
D1WWED01A
83
DPX Series
DPX100
_________________________________________________________________
Outlet section parts ordering codes
1 Outlet section kit* page 84
Outlet section is the same type for standard and High Pressure valve
For mechanical, hydraulic and solenoid controls
TYPE: DPX100/RF-SAE CODE: YFIA204700S
DESCRIPTION: With T2 upper port port
TYPE: DPX100/RF(04)-SAE CODE: YFIA204705S
DESCRIPTION: With T2 upper port and P1, T1, LS1, M1 side ports
For electrohydraulic controls
TYPE: DPX100/RDN-SAE CODE: YFIA204791S
DESCRIPTION: Without pressure reducing valve arrangement, T1
side and V and L upper ports
TIPO: DPX100/RDR-SAE CODE: YFIA204707S
DESCRIZIONE: With pressure reducing valve arrangement, V and L
upper ports, T1 side port
TYPE: DPX100/RDR(03)-SAE CODE: YFIA204702S
DESCRIPTION: With pressure reducing valve arrangement, V and L
upper ports, P1, T1, LS1 side ports
Note: for outlet sections with dierent port arrangement please
contact Sales Dpt.
2 Bleed valve page 85
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) X138810000V Bleed valve
(VBT) XTAP525320V Valve blanking plug
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
NOTE (-): "TYPE" omitted in outlet section description
3 Pilot and drain *
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
NOTAP(VL) 4TAP310007 M10x1 DIN906 plug, for external drain
(-) XTAP81713V SAE6 plug, nr.2 for internal pilot and
drain
4 Pressure reducing valve page 85
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) X219740035V Pressure reducing valve, 30-45 bar
(
435-650 psi)
(RT) XTAP418350V Valve blanking plug
5 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6)
Parts *
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP826160 SAE10 plug, nr.1 for RF and RDN section, nr.2 for
RDR(03) section, nr.3 for RF(04) section
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.1 for RDR(03) section, nr.2 for RF(04)
section
7
DPX100 / RF (04) - ...... DPX100 / RDN (VBT) - NOTAP(VL) - ......
DPX100 / RDR (VBT \ 03 \ RT) - TAP(VL) - ......
1
4
6
6
3
6
1 1
1
25
2 1 4
3
3
2
6
6
6
1
T2
P1
T1
LS1
M1
T1
V
L
P1
T1
V
L
LS1
3
RF type
RDN type
RDR type
D1WWED01A
84
DPX Series
DPX100
Outlet section
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Example of RF(04) outlet section
Example of RDN outlet section
T1
L V
T2
P1
M1
LS1
T1
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Z = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbf)
X
Z
W
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Z = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbf)
W = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
T2
51.5
2.03
10
0.39
1.5
0.059
33.25
1.31
21
0.83
13.5
0.53
11.5
0.45
4
0.16
21
0.83
103.5
4.07
30
1.18
8
0.31
64.5
2.54
10
0.39
8
0.31
129.5
5.10
149
5.87
60
2.36
M8
nr. 2
34.75
1.37
30
1.18
25
0.98
47
1.85
3
0.12
T1
VL
Bleed valve
17
0.67
26.5
1.04
80.5
3.17
103.5
4.07
30
1.18
22.2
0.87
13
0.51
42.8
1.69
35.8
1.41
19
0.75
19
0.75
6
0.24
45.75
1.80
10
0.39
8
0.31
2.5
0.098
124
4.88
143
5.63
60
2.36
M8
nr. 2
32
1.26
19
0.75
25
0.98
47.5
1.87
3
0.12
T2
P1
LS1
M1
Bleed valve
X
X
Y
X
RF(04) typeRF type
D1WWED01A
85
DPX Series
DPX100
______________________________________________________________________________________________
Outlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
0,25
0
0,5
0,75
1
(l/min)
(bar)
0 100 200
300
400
(psi)
0 1000 2000 3000 50004000
(US gpm)
0.10
0.05
0
0.15
0.20
0.25
Pressure
Flow
Bleed valve diagram
Flow vs. Pressure
(bar)
(bar)
(psi)
(psi)
150
0
300
450
600
0 1000 2000 3000 50004000
10
0
20
30
40
50
(bar)
(bar)
070 140
210
280 350
Inlet pressure
Reduced pressure
Pressure reducing valve diagram
Reduced pressure vs. Inlet pressure
Bleed valve features
Max. inlet pressure ......: 380 bar (5550 psi)
Max. back pressure ......: 25 bar (363 psi)
Pressure reducing valve features
Max. inlet pressure ......: 380 bar (5550 psi)
Reduced pressure range. . . : 30-45 bar (435-650 psi)
Max. back pressure ......: 25 bar (363 psi)
Example of RDR(03) outlet section
P1
LS1
T1
L V
T1
L V
K
Y Y
Wrenches and tightening torques
K = wrench 19 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
X = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbf)
Z = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbf)
21
0.83
129.5
5.10
168.5
6.63
22.2
0.87
60
2.36
M8
nr. 2
34.75
1.37
30
1.18
8
0.31
13
0.51
21
0.83
51.5
2.03
10
0.39
1.5
0.059
33.25
1.31
58
2.28
64.5
2.54
103.5
4.07
30
1.18
2.5
0.098
25
0.98
47
1.85
3
0.12
17
0.67
45.75
1.80
10
0.39
8
0.31
21
0.83
15
0.59
10
0.39
4
0.16
Bleed valve
Pressure reducing valve
T1
P1
LS1
VL
Z
RDR type
RDR(03) type
D1WWED01A
86
DPX Series
DPX160
Dimensional data and performance
________________________________________________________________
TYPE
E F
mm
in
mm
in
DPX160/1 179
7.05
98
3.86
DPX160/2 227
8.94
146
5.75
DPX160/3 275
10.83
194
7.64
DPX160/4 323
12.72
242
9.53
DPX160/5 371
14.61
290
11.42
DPX160/6 419
16.50
338
13.31
DPX160/7 467
18.39
386
15.20
DPX160/8 515
20.28
434
17.09
DPX160/9 563
22.17
482
18.98
DPX160/10 611
24.06
530
20.87
Flow
Pressure
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
500
(US gpm)
050 100
150
200 250
(l/min)
015304560
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
500
(US gpm)
050 100
150
200 250
(l/min)
150304560
Flow
Pressure
4
th
section
10
th
section
1
st
section
P⇒T Pressure drop inlet compensator
(margin pressure)
A(B)⇒T pressure drop
(standard spool @ max.stroke)
E
F
T
P
A1
B1
A2
B2
49
1.93
40.5
1.59
335
13.19
85
3.35
127.5
5.02
2
0.079
36.3
1.43
165
6.50
94
3.70
48
1.89
23
0.91
35.5
1.40
60
2.36
148
5.83
48
1.89
49
1.93
73
2.87
133
5.24
M10
n.3 holes
D1WWED01A
87
DPX Series
DPX160
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Hydraulic cuircuit
Conguration example with mechanical and hydraulic controls
Conguration example with electrohydraulic controls
T2
A1 B1 A2 2B
TP
T2
A1 B1 A2 2B
T
VB1
VA1
VB2
VA2
P
LS
A1 B1 A2 B2
T
P
V
T2L
V
L
T2
A1 B1 A2 B2
T
P
Open center circuit and lever control, with unloader
valve, without port valve arrangement
Open center circuit and two-side proportional
electrohydraulic control, with unloader valve, port valve
arrangement and pressure reducing valve, internal pilot
and drain
Closed center circuit and proportional hydraulic
control, with unloader valve and port valve
arrangement
Open center circuit and two-side proportional
electrohydraulic control, with unloader valve and port valve
arrangement, without pressure reducing valve, external
pilot and drain
D1WWED01A
88
DPX Series
DPX160
Complete section ordering codes
___________________________________________________________________
1A Std pressure inlet section *
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160/M3B(TGW3-175/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205017S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, pressure relief valve and unloader
valve, with P-T-LS-M ports (LS-M plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/M3B(SO/TGW3-175/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205019S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non-return ow limiter from
inlet section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160/M3B(SU/TGW3-175/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205018S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160/M4B(TGW3-175/ELN4)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205317S
DESCRIPTION: As type M3, with T3 side outlet port (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/PF1A\TGW3-175\VP-D(1)-SB10-Q40\CF(1)-
SB14-SAE CODE: 650205301S
DESCRIPTION: Designed for steering, with compensator, priority
valve,shut-o valve and pressure relief valve, with P-T-LS-M3-C-LSC
ports (M3-LS plugged). Special tie rods are required
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160/N1A(TGW4-250/ELT)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205002S
DESCRIPTION: Without compensator, with pressure relief valve and
unloader valve, with P-T-LS ports
TYPE: DPX160/N1A(SO/TGW3-175/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205015S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non-return ow limiter from
inlet section to working section and by-pass valve
................................................to be continued
1A Std pressure inlet section *
................................................continuation
TYPE: DPX160/N1A(SU/TGW3-175/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205014S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160/N2A(TGW3-175/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205016S
DESCRIPTION: As N1 type, with T3 side outlet port (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/PS1A\TGW3-175\VP-D(1)-SB10-Q40\
ESO32N/SAE-12VDC CODE: 650205302S
DESCRIPTION: Designed for steering, without compensator, with
priority valve and pressure relief valve, with P-T-LS-M3-C-LSC port
(M3-LS plugged). Special tie rods are required
1B High pressure inlet section *
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160HP/M3B(TGW5-350/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205021S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, press. relief valve and unloader
valve, with P-T-LS-M ports (LS-M plugged)
TYPE: DPX160HP/M3B(SO/TGW5-350/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205023S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non-return ow limiter from
inlet section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160HP/M3B(SU/TGW5-350/ELN)-SAE-12VDC
CODE: 650205022S
DESCRIPTION: With non-return ow limiter from working section to
inlet section and by-pass valve
Closed Center circuit
Refer to "Std pressure" inlet sections (except PS section)
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
Tie rods tightening
wrench 17 - 35 Nm (25.8 lbft)
DPX160/2/AN1A(TGW3-175/ELN)/P-108(150/150)-8SLP.U3T/Q-E108(150/150)-8IMF3N/RC1A-......-12VDC
2A
2B
2A
2B
3 4 5
mechanical
control
hydraulic
control
two-side electrohydraulic
control
one-side electrohydraulic control
7
4
3
7
1A
3
2A
2A
2B
2B
1A
1B
M-N inlet
sections
PF-PS inlet
sections
Nr. of working sections
DPX160 = standard pressure valve
DPX160HP = High Pressure valve
For working conditions and guide
conguration see page 6
2A 2B1A 1B
D1WWED01A
89
DPX Series
DPX160
____________________________________________________________________
Complete section ordering codes
2A Std pressure working section *
Mechanical control
TYPE: DPX160/Q-108(150/150)-8SLP-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650115002V
DESCRIPTION: With dust-proof plate, without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P-108(150/150)-8SLP.UL3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650105002V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P-108(150/150)-8SLP.US3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650105003V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valves arrangement
Proportional hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160/Q-E108(150/150)-8IMF3N-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650115001V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX160/P-E108(150/150)-8IMF3N.UL3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650105020V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P-E108(150/150)-8IMF3N.US3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650105021V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
Two-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160/QE-E108(150/150)-8EB3F3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650115004V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX160/PE-E108(150/150)-8EB3F3.UL3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650105022V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port pressure relief valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX160/PE-E108(150/150)-8EB3F3.US3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650105023V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
One-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160/QZ-E108(150/150)-8EZ3LQF3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650105036V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve arrang.
TYPE:
DPX160/PZ-E108(150/150)-8EZ3LQF3.UL3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650105037V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port pressure relief valve arrang.
TYPE:
DPX160/PZ-E108(150/150)-8EZ3LQF3.US3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650105038V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
2B High pressure working section *
Mechanical control
TYPE: DPX160HP/Q-108(150/150)-8SLP-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650115007V
DESCRIPTION: With dust-proof plate, without port valves arrang.
TYPE: DPX160HP/P-108(150/150)-8SLP.US3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650105032V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port antishock valve arrangement
Proportional hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160HP/Q-E108(150/150)-8IMF3N-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650115008V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX160HP/P-E108(150/150)-8IMF3N.US3T-SAE-FPM
CODE: 650105033V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port antishock valve arrangement
Two-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160HP/QE-E108(150/150)-8EB3F3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650115009V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve arrangement
TYPE:
DPX160HP/PE-E108(150/150)-8EB3F3.US3T-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650105034V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port antishock valve arrangement
................................................to be continued
2B High pressure working section *
................................................continuation
One-side proportional electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160HP/QZ-E108(150/150)-8EZ3LQF3-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650105039V
DESCRIPTION: With spool stroke limiter, without port valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX160HP/PZ-E108(150/150)-8EZ3LQF3.UL3T-SAE-
12VDC-FPM CODE: 650105040V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with port pressure relief valve arrang.
TYPE: DPX160HP/PZ-E108(150/150)-8EZ3LQF3.US3T-SAE-
12VDC-FPM CODE: 650105041V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
3 Outlet section *
Outlet section is the same type for standard and High Pressure valve
For mechanical or hydraulic conguration
TYPE: DPX160/RC1A-SAE-FPM CODE: 650305002V
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve and T2 upper port (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/RC3A-SAE-FPM CODE: 650305004V
DESCRIPTION: With bleed valve and T2, P1-T1-LS1 side ports (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/RC3A-CL-SAE-12VDC-FPM CODE: 650305020V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with clamp release function
For electrohydraulic or mixed conguration
TYPE: DPX160/RCN1A-SAE-FPM CODE: 650305014V
DESCRIPTION: Without pressure reducing valve, external pilot and
drain (V-L ports), with bleed valve and T2 upper port (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/RCN3A-SAE -FPM CODE: 650305016V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with P1-T1-LS1 side ports (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/RCN3A-CL-SAE-12VDC-FPM CODE: 650305021V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with clamp release function
TYPE: DPX160/RCR1A-TAP(VL)-SAE-FPM CODE: 650305005V
DESCRIPTION: With pressure reducing valve and bleed valve, internal
pilot and drain (V-L ports plugged), with T2 upper port (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/RCR3A-TAP(VL)-SAE-FPM CODE: 650305017V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with P1-T1-LS1 side ports (plugged)
TYPE: DPX160/RCN3A-CL-TAP(VL)-SAE-12VDC-FPM
CODE: 650305022V
DESCRIPTION: As previous one, with clamp release function
Note: for outlet sections with dierent port arrangement contact Sales Dpt.
4 Valve threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
5 Voltage
Specify the voltage of electric devices.
Assembling kit
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
Standard tie rods: for M and N inlet sections
5TIR112179 for 1 work.section 5TIR112419 for 6 work.section
5TIR112227 for 2 work.section 5TIR112467 for 7 work.section
5TIR112275 for 3 work.section 5TIR112515 for 8 work.section
5TIR112323 for 4 work.section 5TIR112563 for 9 work.section
5TIR112371 for 5 work.section 5TIR112611 for 10 work.section
Special tie rods: for PF and PS inlet sections
5TIR112141 for 1 work.section 5TIR112381 for 6 work.section
5TIR112189 for 2 work.section 5TIR112429 for 7 work.section
5TIR112237 for 3 work.section 5TIR112477 for 8 work.section
5TIR112285 for 4 work.section 5TIR112525 for 9 work.section
5TIR112333 for 5 work.section 5TIR112573 for 10 work.section
6
D1WWED01A
90
DPX Series
DPX160
Inlet section part ordering codes
___________________________________________________________________
1A Std pressure inlet section kit* page 92
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160/M3-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105716S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, P-T-LS-M ports (M plugged),
arranged for unloader valve
TYPE: DPX160/M3(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105710S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non return ow limiter from
working section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160/M3(SO)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105711S
DESCRIPTION: With non return ow limiter from inlet section to
working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160/M4-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105708S
DESCRIPTION: As type M3, with T3 side outlet port
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160/N1-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105720S
DESCRIPTION: Without compensator, with P-T-LS ports, arranged for
unloader valve
TYPE: DPX160/N1(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105727S
DESCRIPTION: As previous with non return ow limiter from working
section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160/N1(SO)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105728S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non return ow limiter from inlet
section to working section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160/N2-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105715S
DESCRIPTION: As type N1, with T3 side outlet port
1B High pressure inlet section kit* page 92
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160HP/M3-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105709S
YFIA105709DESCRIPTION: With compensator, P-T-LS-M ports (M
plugged), arranged for unloader valve
TYPE: DPX160HP/M3(SU)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105712S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with non return ow limiter from
working section to inlet section and by-pass valve
TYPE: DPX160HP/M3(SO)-SAE/EL CODE: YFIA105713S
DESCRIPTION: With non return ow limiter from inlet section to
working section and by-pass valve
Closed Center circuit
Refer to "Std pressure" inlet sections
2 Main pressure relief valve page 96
Valve standard setting is referred to 5 l/min (1.3 US gpm) ow.
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(TGW2-80) 0MC09002000 Range 10-120 bar (145-1750 psi)
std setting 80 bar (1160 psi)
(TGW3-175) 0MC09002001 Range 40-220 bar (580-3200 psi)
std setting 175 bar (2550 psi)
(TGW4-250) 0MC09002002 Range 200-350 bar (2900-5100 psi)
std setting 250 bar (3600 psi)
(TGW5-300) 0MC09002003 Range 290-385 bar (4200-5600 psi(
std setting 300 bar (4350 psi)
SV XTAP524340D Relief valve blanking plug
3 Solenoid operated unloading valve page 96
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
ELN 0EF08002000 Without emergency override
ELV 0EF08002003 With screw type emergency override
ELP 0EF08002002 With push-button emergency override
ELT 0EF08002004 With “twist & push” emergency override
LT XTAP510320 Unloading valve blanking plug
4 Coil
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12VDC 4SLE001200A BER type coil, ISO4400 conn., 12VDC
For complete available coils list see page 125.
5 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plugs*
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP838200 SAE16 plug, nr.1 for M4 and N2 section
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.1 for Open Center sections
6
6
1A1B
6
1A
1A
1B
1A
1B
1B
1A
1B
DPX160 / A N1 (TGW3 - 175 / ELN) - ...... - 12VDC
2 3 5 4
3
4
6
2
AN: closed center
AM: open center
Valve setting (bar)
DPX160 = standard pressure section
DPX160HP = High Pressure section
1A 1B
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
D1WWED01A
91
DPX Series
DPX160
1 Inlet section kit* page 94
Following sections are suitable only for standard pressure valve
Open Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160/PF1-SAE CODE: YFIA105750S
DESCRIPTION: With compensator, P-T-LS-M3-C-LSC ports
Closed Center circuit
TYPE: DPX160/PS1-SAE CODE: YFIA105751S
DESCRIPTION: With shut-o spool, P-T-LS-M3-C-LSC ports
TYPE: DPX160/PST1-SAE CODE: YFIA105752S
DESCRIPTION: With shut-o blanking kit, P-T-LS-M3-C-LSC ports
2 Main pressure relief valve page 96
See previous page
3 Priority valve kit page 97
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Regulated ow = 40 l/min
(10.5 US gpm)
D(1)-SB10-Q40 5CAS322100AV Stand-by (margin pressure)
10 bar
(145 psi)
D(1)-SB07-Q40 5CAS322100BV Stand-by (margin pressure)
7 bar
(100 psi)
D(1)-SB04-Q40 5CAS322100CV Stand-by (margin pressure)
4 bar
(58 psi)
Regulated ow = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
D(1)-SB10-Q20 5CAS323099AV Stand-by (margin pressure)
10 bar
(145 psi)
D(1)-SB07-Q20 5CAS323099BV Stand-by (margin pressure)
7 bar
(100 psi)
D(1)-SB04-Q20 5CAS323099CV Stand-by (margin pressure)
4 bar
(58 psi)
4 Solenoid operated shut-o valve page 97
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
ESO32A 0EJ08002035 Without emergency override
ESO32V 0EJ08002042 With screw type emergency override
EST XTAP324540 Valve blanking plug, only for PST inlet
section
5 Coil
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12VDC 4SL3000120 BT type coil, ISO4400 connector, 12VDC
For complete available coils list see page 125.
6 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plugs*
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.1 for PS section, nr.2 for PF section
____________________________________________________________________
Inlet section part ordering codes
7
DPX160 / PF1A \ TGW3-175 \ VP-D(1)-SB10-Q40 \ CF(1)-SB14 - ......
DPX160 / PS1A \ TGW3-175 \ VP-D(1)-SB10-Q40 \ ESO32N - ...... - 12VDC
Valve setting (bar)
Priority valve
stand-by (bar)
Steering max ow
Compensator stand-by (bar)
1
1
1
4 56
6
2
2
3
3
DPX160 = standard pressure valve
1
1
3
1
7
7
7
3
2
1
1
PF1: Open Center
1
1
3
3
2
4
5
1
PS1: Closed Center
1
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread
D1WWED01A
92
DPX Series
DPX160
Inlet section
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Example of M Open Center section
M3 type M4 typeM3(SU) type M3(SO) type
TP
LS
M
TP
LS
M
LS
M
TP TP
LS
T3
M
M4 type
23
0.91
23
0.91
37
1.46
37
1.46
40.7
1.60
40
1.57
164.6
6.48
25.5
1.00
2
0.079
36.3
1.43
35.3
1.39
15
0.59
20
0.79
60
2.36
80
3.15
24.5
0.96
93
3.66
4
0.16
54.5
2.15
138.5
5.45
133
5.24
264.5
10.41
2
0.079
25
0.98
25
0.98
M10
T
NOTE: Dimensions are the
same for standard pressure and
High Pressure inlet sections
M3(SO) or M3(SU) type
T3
P
P
M
LS
LS
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 12 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
W = allen wrench 17 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
W
Z
X
Y Y
X
D1WWED01A
93
DPX Series
DPX160
Example of N Closed Center section
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
N1 type N2 typeN1(SU) type N1(SO) type
T
P
LS
T
P
LS
T
P
LS
T3
T
P
LS
N2 type
21
0.83
37
1.36
37
1.46
40
1.57
164.6
6.48
25.5
1.00
7
0.28
36.3
1.43
35.3
1.39
15
0.59
20
0.79
57
2.24
24.5
0.96
93
3.66
4
0.16
52.5
2.07
133
5.24
264.5
10.41
7
0.28
24
0.94
25
0.98
T
P
LS
94
3.70
35.3
1.39
M10
nr. 2
P
N1(SO) or N1(SU) type
T3
LS
W
Z
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 12 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
W = allen wrench 17 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
D1WWED01A
94
DPX Series
DPX160
Inlet section
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
PF1 Open Center section with priority valve
LS
M3 LSC C
T
P
32
1.26
94
3.70
43.5
1.71
2.5
0.098
91
3.58
2.5
0.098
133
5.24
97
3.82
164.6
6.48
35.3
1.39
35.3
1.39
40.5
1.59
7
0.28
7
0.28
4.5
0.18
248.6
9.79
6
0.24
24
0.94
30
1.18
42
1.65
45
1.77
15
0.59
28
1.10
35.5
1.40
57
2.24
20
0.79
20
0.79
19
0.75
40
1.57
25
0.98
99
3.90
M10
nr. 2
P
LS
C
LSC
M3
Priority valve
Compensator
T
Z
Y
Y
Y
X
X
X
X
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 12 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
D1WWED01A
95
DPX Series
DPX160
PS1 Closed Center section with priority valve and shut-o
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
LS
M3 LSC C
T
P
32
1.26
97
3.82
14
0.55
164.6
6.48
35.3
1.39
7
0.28
15
0.59
28
1.10
35.5
1.40
57
2.24
20
0.79
20
0.79
99
3.90
91
3.58
2.5
0.098
133
5.24
198
7.80
94
3.70
35.3
1.39
19
0.75
40
1.57
25
0.98
M10
nr. 2
7
0.28
4.5
0.18
19
0.75
219
8.62
6
0.24
6
0.24
24
0.94
30
1.18
42
1.65
T
P
LS
C
LSC
M3
Priority
valve
40.5
1.59
Shut-o solenoid valve
Shut-o
spool
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 12 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
NOTE: for valves wrench and torque see
related pages
Y
X
X
X
X
Z
Y
D1WWED01A
96
DPX Series
DPX160
Legenda
TGW: free setting
TZW: set and locked valve
(cap code 4COP126301, n.2 pcs)
RAL3003 pigmented
Wrenches and tightening
torques
X = allen wrench 5
Y = wrench 19 - 20 Nm
(14.7 lbf)
Z = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbf)
Setting types
Solenoid operated unloading valve
Inlet section
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Main pressure relief valve
Features
Max. ow ................: 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
Max. pressure .............: 380 bar (5500 psi)
Internal leakage ...........: 0.25 cm
3
/min @ 210 bar
(0.015 in
3
/min @ 3050 psi)
For coil features and options see coil BER at page 125.
60.5
2.38
83.5
3.29
83.5
3.29
86.5
3.41
Manual emergency types
ELN ELV ELTELP
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
Legenda
ELN: without emergency
ELP: push button emergency override
ELV: screw emergency override
ELT: “push&twist” emergency override
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = wrench 24 - 30 Nm (22 lbf)
Y = manual tightening
X
Y
Setting types
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1500
0
3000
4500
6000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
500
(bar)
0
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
0
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
0510 15 20 25 30 35
2468
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
0
(l/min)
0510 15 20 25 30 35
100
0
200
300
400
(bar)
(psi)
(US gpm)
1000
0
2000
3000
4000
5000
2468
0
Setting range: TGW4 type Setting range: TGW5 type
Flow Flow
Pressure
Pressure
min. setting
min. setting
std. setting
std. setting
max. setting
max. setting
Setting range: TGW3 type
Flow
min. setting
max. setting
std. setting
Flow
Pressure
Setting range: TGW2 type
min. setting
std. setting
max. setting
Pressure
TGW
TZW
X
Z
Y
D1WWED01A
97
DPX Series
DPX160
Manual emergency types
198
7.80
65
2.56
73
2.87
3
1
2
Shut-o solenoid valve
ESO32A ESO32V
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Inlet section
Priority valve kit
4
0
8
12
16
(bar)
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
50
0
100
150
200
0510
15
20
0123 54
Fow
Pressure
Stand-by (margin pressure) vs. regulated ow
Regulated ow = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
Stand-by (margin pressure) vs. regulated ow
Regulated ow = 40 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
4
0
8
12
16
(bar)
(l/min)
01020
30
40
(psi)
(US gpm)
50
0
100
150
200
0246 108
Flow
Pressure
A
A
B
B
C
C
A = spring for 4 bar (58 psi)
B = spring for 7 bar (102 psi)
C = spring for 10 bar (145 psi)
A = spring for 4 bar (58 psi)
B = spring for 7 bar (102 psi)
C = spring for 10 bar (145 psi)
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 12 - 42 Nm (31 lbf)
X
X
2
3
1
Features
Max. ow ................: 3 l/min (0.796 US gpm)
Max. pressure .............: 350 bar (5100 psi)
Internal leakage ...........: 10 cm
3
/min @ 210 bar
(0.61 in
3
/min @ 3050 psi)
For coil features and options see BT type coil at page 125.
Legenda
ESO32A: without emergency
ESO32V: screw emergency override
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = wrench 24 - 30 Nm (22 lbf)
Y = manual tightening
X
Y
D1WWED01A
98
DPX Series
DPX160
1A Std press. working section kit* page 102
For mechanical control
TYPE: DPX160/Q-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057011V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P(UL)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057000V
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P(US)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057001V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
For hydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160/Q-IM-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057011AV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P(UL)-IM-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057000AV
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P(US)-IM-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057001AV
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
1B High press. working section kit* page 102
For mechanical control
TYPE: DPX160HP/Q-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057014V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P(UL)-SAE-FPM
#
CODE: 5EL1057020V
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160HP/P(US)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057007V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
For hydraulic and solenoid control
TYPE: DPX160HP/Q-IM-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057014AV
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/P(UL)-IM-SAE-FPM
#
CODE: 5EL1057020AV
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160HP/P(US)-IM-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057007AV
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valves arrangement
NOTE (
#
): Max pressure = 380 bar (4350 psi)
2 Compensator kit
CODE DESCRIPTION
5CAS321061V Compensator
Working section part ordering codes (mechanical, hydraulic)
_____________________________
1A
1B
2
2
7
5
4
7
3
6
6
9
DPX160 / Q - E108(150/150) - 8IMF3N - ......
6
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port
ow on A/B ports (l/min)
1A
1B
3
4 5
7
DPX160 = standard pressure section
DPX160HP = High Pressure section
DPX160 / P - 108(150/150) - 8 SLP . UL1(100) UL2(120) - ......
8
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
D1WWED01A
99
DPX Series
DPX160
3 Spool page 103
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For mechanical control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
108(150) 3CU8110108 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
107(130) 3CU8110107 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
106(110) 3CU8110106 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
105(90) 3CU8110105 90 l/min
(23.8 US gpm) ow
104(70) 3CU8110104 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
103(50) 3CU8110103 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
102(30) 3CU8110102 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
109(20) 3CU8110109 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
101(10) 3CU8110101 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
2H08(150) 3CU8110209 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
2H07(130) 3CU8110223 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
2H06(110) 3CU8110222 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
2H05(90) 3CU8110224 90 l/min
(23.8 US gpm) ow
2H04(70) 3CU8110221 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
2H03(50) 3CU8110220 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
2H02(30) 3CU8110219 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
2H09(20) 3CU8110218 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
2H01(10) 3CU8110217 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A, B plugged: G3/4 plug is required
308(150) 3CU8110308 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
306(110) 3CU8110306 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
303(50) 3CU8110303 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
309(20) 3CU8110309 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
Single acting on B, A plugged: G3/4 plug is required
408(150) 3CU8110408 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
406(110) 3CU8110406 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
403(50) 3CU8110403 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
409(20) 3CU8110409 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral pos., 4 positions,
oating in 4
th
position with spool in: 13 type positioner is required
508(150) 3CU8110508 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
504(70) 3CU8110504 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
For hydraulic control
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
E108(150) 3CU871E108 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
E107(130) 3CU871E107 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
E106(110) 3CU871E106 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
E105(90) 3CU871E105 90 l/min
(23.8 US gpm) ow
E104(70) 3CU871E104 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
E103(50) 3CU871E103 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E102(30) 3CU871E102 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
E113(20) 3CU871E113 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
E101(10) 3CU871E101 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
E2H08(150) 3CU871E209 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
E2H07(130) 3CU871E223 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
E2H06(110) 3CU871E222 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
E2H05(90) 3CU871E215 90 l/min
(23.8 US gpm) ow
E2H04(70) 3CU871E221 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
E2H03(50) 3CU871E220 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E2H02(30) 3CU871E219 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
E2H13(20) 3CU871E218 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
E2H01(10) 3CU871E217 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: G3/4 plug is required
E308-E408(150) 3CU871E308 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
E306-E406(110) 3CU871E306 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
E303-E403(50) 3CU871E303 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E313-E413(20) 3CU871E313 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral pos., 4 positions,
oating in 4
th
pos. with spool in: 13IM type control is required
I508(150) YCU871E508 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
I507(130) YCU871E507 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
I504(70) YCU871E504 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
4 "A" side spool positioners page 105
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
7FTNA 5V07210101 With friction and neutral pos. notch
8MD 5V08109000 3 postions with spring return to
neutral position
For oating circuit (spool 5)
13 5V13109000 4 positions, detent in 4
th
position
with spring return to neutral position
5 "B" side spool control kit page 106
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
L 5LEV110000 Standard lever box
LFG 5LEV110700 Lever box with spool stroke
limiter on both ports
SLP 5COP110000 Without lever with dust-proof plate
TQ 5TEL110110 Flexible cable connection
LCB 5CLO216100 Joystick for 2 section operation
6 Proportional hydraulic control* page 108
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8IMN-SAE 5IDR209704V Range 8-28 bar
(116-406 psi)
8IMF3N-SAE 5IDR209705V As previous with spool stroke limiter
For oating circuit (spool I5)
13IM-SAE 5IDR209703V Range 3.1-25.6 / 0-30 bar
(45-371 / 0-435 psi)
13IMP-SAE 5IDR209714V Range 2-17 / 2-30 bar
(29-247 / 29-435 psi)
7 Port valves page 118
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Pressure relief valves
UL(50) 5KIT340050L Setting: 50 bar (725 psi)
Antishock valves
US(25) 5KIT326025 Setting: 25 bar (360 psi)
For complete list see following page.
8 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Plug for single acting spool*
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP832200 SAE 12 plug
______________________________
Working section part ordering codes (mechanical, hydraulic)
9
D1WWED01A
100
DPX Series
DPX160
1A Std press. working section kit* page 102
For two-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160/QE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057010V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/PE(UL)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057002V
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/PE(US)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057003V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
For one-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160/QZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057017V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/PZ(UL)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057016V
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160/PZ(US)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057018V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
1B High press. working section kit* page 102
For two-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160HP/QE-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057015V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160HP/PE(UL)-SAE-FPM
#
CODE: 5EL1057021V
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160HP/PE(US)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057008V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
For one-side electrohydraulic control
TYPE: DPX160HP/QZ-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057031V
DESCRIPTION: Without port valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160HP/PZ(UL)-SAE-FPM
#
CODE: 5EL1057032V
DESCRIPTION: With port pressure relief valve arrangement
TYPE: DPX160HP/PZ(US)-SAE-FPM CODE: 5EL1057033V
DESCRIPTION: With port antishock valve arrangement
NOTE (
#
): Max pressure = 380 bar (4350 psi)
2 Compensator kit
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
- 5CAS321061V Compensator
3 Spool page 103
Flow is referred to 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral position
E108(150) 3CU871E108 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
E107(130) 3CU871E107 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
E106(110) 3CU871E106 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
E105(90) 3CU871E105 90 l/min
(23.8 US gpm) ow
E104(70) 3CU871E104 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
E103(50) 3CU871E103 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E102(30) 3CU871E102 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
E113(20) 3CU871E113 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
E101(10) 3CU871E101 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B partially to tank in neutral position
E2H08(150) 3CU871E209 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
E2H07(130) 3CU871E223 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
E2H06(110) 3CU871E222 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
E2H05(90) 3CU871E215 90 l/min
(23.8 US gpm) ow
E2H04(70) 3CU871E221 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
E2H03(50) 3CU871E220 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E2H02(30) 3CU871E219 30 l/min
(7.9 US gpm) ow
E2H13(20) 3CU871E218 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
E2H01(10) 3CU871E217 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm) ow
...............................to be continued
Working section parts ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
___________________________________
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
DPX160 / QZ - E108(150/150) - 8EZ3 LQF3 - ...... - 12VDC
5 6
1A
1B
2
2
7
7
3
5
4
6
8
4
5
5
DPX160 / PE - E108(150/150) - 8EB3F3 . UL1(100) UL2(120) - ...... - 12VDC
3
4 8
7
Valve setting (bar)
A port B port
ow on A/B ports (l/min)
DPX160 = standard pressure section
DPX160HP = High Pressure section
1B1A 4
D1WWED01A
101
DPX Series
DPX160
____________________________________
Working section parts ordering codes (electrohydraulic)
Plug for single acting spool*
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP832200 SAE 12 plug
9
7 Port valves page 118
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
"UL" size valves
ULT XTAP528520V Valve blanking plug
CL 5KIT409000 Anticavitation valve (for UL cavity)
Fixed setting pressure relief valves: setting is referred to 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm)
TYPE: UL (100) CODE: 5KIT340 100 L
SETTING:
50 bar
(725 psi) 70 bar (1010 psi) 80 bar (1150 psi)
100 bar
(1450 psi) 120 bar (1750 psi) 130 bar (1900 psi)
140 bar
(2050 psi) 150 bar (2150 psi) 160 bar (2300 psi)
170 bar
(2450 psi) 180 bar (2600 psi) 190 bar (2750 psi)
200 bar
(2900 psi) 210 bar (3050 psi) 220 bar (3200 psi)
250 bar (3600 psi) 270 bar (3900 psi) 300 bar (4350 psi)
320 bar
(4650 psi) 350 bar (5050 psi) 370 bar (5350 psi)
380 bar (5500 psi)
"US" size valves
UST XTAP221340V Valve blanking plug
CS 5KIT426270 Anticavitation valve (for US cavity)
Fixed setting antishock and anticavitation valves with pressure relief
function: setting is referred to 5 l/min
(1.3 US gpm)
TYPE: US (100) CODE: 5KIT326 100
SETTING:
25 bar
(360 psi) 40 bar (725 psi) 50 bar (725 psi)
60 bar
(870 psi) 70 bar (1010 psi) 80 bar (1150 psi)
90 bar
(1300 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) 125 bar (1800 psi)
140 bar
(2050 psi) 160 bar (2300 psi) 175 bar (2550 psi)
190 bar
(2750 psi) 210 bar (3050 psi) 230 bar (3350 psi)
240 bar
(3500 psi) 250 bar (3600 psi) 260 bar (3750 psi)
280 bar
(4050 psi) 300 bar (4350 psi) 320 bar (4650 psi)
340 bar
(4950 psi) 360 bar (5200 psi) 380 bar (5500 psi)
400 bar (5800 psi) 420 bar (6100 psi)
setting (bar)
setting (bar)
setting (bar) setting (bar)
3 Spool page 103
..........................continuation
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Single acting on A or B, other port plugged: SAE 12 plug is required
E308-E408(150) 3CU871E308 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
E306-E406(110) 3CU871E306 110 l/min
(29 US gpm) ow
E303-E403(50) 3CU871E303 50 l/min
(13.2 US gpm) ow
E313-E413(20) 3CU871E313 20 l/min
(5.3 US gpm) ow
Double acting with A and B closed in neutral pos., 4 positions,
oating in 4
th
pos. with spool in: 13EB3.../13EZEZ3... type control is
required
E508(150) 3CU871E508 150 l/min
(39.5 US gpm) ow
E507(130) 3CU871E507 130 l/min
(34.3 US gpm) ow
E504(70) 3CU871E504 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm) ow
4 Two-side electrohydr. control page 113
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Without lever control
8EB3-12VDC 5IDR909312V With AMP connector
8EB3-24VDC 5IDR909324V With AMP connector
8EB34-12VDC 5IDR909329V With Deutsch connector
8EB34-24VDC 5IDR909330V With Deutsch connector
8EB3F3-12VDC 5IDR909313V With AMP connector with
spool stroke limiter
8EB3F3-24VDC 5IDR909317V As previous one
8EB34F3-12VDC 5IDR909314V With Deutsch connector with
spool stroke limiter
8EB34F3-24VDC 5IDR909331V As previous one
Without lever control: for oating circuit (E5 spool)
13EB3-12VDC 5IDR919312V With AMP connector
13EB3-24VDC 5IDR919324V With AMP connector
13EB34-12VDC 5IDR919317V With Deutsch connector
13EB34-24VDC 5IDR919318V With Deutsch connector
With lever control
8EB3LH-12VDC 5IDR909315V With AMP connector
8EB3LH-24VDC 5IDR909326V With AMP connector
8EB34LH-12VDC 5IDR909332V With Deutsch connector
8EB34LH-24VDC 5IDR909333V With Deutsch connector
8EB3LHF3-12VDC 5IDR909316V With AMP connector with
spool stroke limiter
8EB3LHF3-24VDC 5IDR909327V As previous one
8EB34LHF3-12VDC 5IDR909334V With Deutsch connector with
spool stroke limiter
8EB34LHF3-24VDC 5IDR909335V As previous one
With lever control and spool position sensor
8EB3LHSPSD-12VDC 5IDR909341V AMP conn., and digital sensor
8EB3LHSPSD-24VDC 5IDR909338V As previous one
8EB3LHF3SPSD-12VDC 5IDR909339V AMP conn., digital sensor
and spool stroke limiter
8EB3LHF3SPSD-24VDC 5IDR909336V As previous one
With lever control: for oating circuit (E5 spool)
13EB3LH-12VDC 5IDR919313V With AMP connector
13EB3LH-24VDC 5IDR919325V With AMP connector
13EB34LH-12VDC 5IDR919319V With Deutsch connector
13EB34LH-24VDC 5IDR919320V With Deutsch connector
13EB3LHF3-12VDC 5IDR919314V With AMP connector with
spool stroke limiter
13EB3LHF3-24VDC 5IDR919326V As previous one
13EB34LHF3-12VDC 5IDR919321V With Deutsch connector with
spool stroke limiter
13EB34LHF3-24VDC 5IDR919322V As previous one
5 One-side electrohydr. control page 116
Combine to "B" side options
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EZ3-12VDC 5IDR609315V With AMP connector
8EZ3-24VDC 5IDR609316V As previous one
8EZ34-12VDC 5IDR609317V With Deutsch connector
8EZ34-24VDC 5IDR609318V As previous one
With spool position sensor
8EZ34SPSL-0.5(A)-4.5(B)-12VDC
5IDR609313V Deutsch conn. and analog sensor
With lever control: for oating circuit (E5 spool)
13EZ3-12VDC 5IDR619300V With AMP connector
13EZ3-24VDC 5IDR619302V As previous one
13EZ34-12VDC 5IDR619301V With Deutsch connector
13EZ34-24VDC 5IDR619303V As previous one
6 "B" side options page 117
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
For one-side electrohydraulic control
LQ 5LEV160700V Lever box
LQF3 5LEV160701V Lever box with spool stroke limiter
SLCQ 5COP260000V Endcap
8 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
D1WWED01A
102
DPX Series
DPX160
For mechanical and hydraulic controls
38
1.50
37
1.46
124
4.88
122
4.80
20.5
0.81
21.5
0.85
A
A
B
B
A B
P(US) type
P(UL) type
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
A B
NOTE: US and UL auxiliary valves are not interchangeable: they
need dedicated working sections
A BA B
For two-side electrohydraulic control For one-side electrohydraulic control
QE, PE(US) or PE(UL) types QZ, PZ(US) or PZ(UL) types
QE type QZ typePE type PZ type
A B A B
Two-side pilot lines One-side pilot lines
133
5.24
68.5
2.70
4.5
0.18
24
0.94
48
1.89
A B
48
1.89
58.5
2.30
165
6.50
D1WWED01A
103
DPX Series
DPX160
Type 1 (1../E1..) spool
A, B closed in neutral position
Type 4 (4../E4..) spool
single acting on B
Type 2H(2H../E2H..) spool
A, B partially to tank in neutral pos.
Type 5 (5../E5../I5..) spool
oating in 4
th
position (pos.3)
Type 3 (3../E3..) spool
single acting on A
Spool stroke
position 1: + 8 mm
(- 0.31 in)
position 2: - 8 mm (+ 0.31 in)
Spool stroke
position 1: + 8 mm
(- 0.31 in)
position 2: - 8 mm (+ 0.31 in)
Spool stroke
position 1: + 8 mm
(- 0.31 in)
position 2: - 8 mm (+ 0.31 in)
Spool stroke
position 1: + 8 mm
(- 0.31 in)
position 2: - 8 mm (+ 0.31 in)
Spool stroke
position 1: + 8 mm
(- 0.31 in)
position 2: - 8 mm (- 0.31 in)
position 3: - 13 mm (- 0.51 in)
AB
T
P
2
0
1
AB
T
P
201
AB
T
P
2
0
1
AB
T
P
2
0
1
AB
T
P
2
013
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Spools
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
40
0
80
120
160
(l/min)
(bar)
14
(US gpm)
10
0
20
30
40
(psi)
1000 200
300
400
203
Flow
Curves with spool nominal ow
@ 14 bar (200 psi) stand-by (margin pressure)
A = 10 l/min (2.6 US gpm)
B = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
C = 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm)
D = 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm)
E = 70 l/min (18.5 US gpm)
F = 90 l/min (23.8 US gpm)
G = 110 l/min (29.0 US gpm)
H = 130 l/min (34.3 US gpm)
I = 150 l/min (39.5 US gpm)
L = 160 l/min (42.3 US gpm)
A
I
B
C
D
E
F
G
HL
Pressure
Spool ow vs. Stand-by pressure
(margin pressure)
D1WWED01A
104
DPX Series
DPX160
(in)
0.05-0.05
0 0.1-0.1 0.15-0.15 0.25-0.25 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 78-7-8
(mm)
position 2 position 1
(psi)
130 370
0 200200 300300
(mA@12VDC)
(bar)
(mA@24VDC)
1200 1200800 800
580 580
675 675290 290
1350 1350
01000 1000
40
0
80
120
160
200
(l/min)
0
12
24
36
48
(US gpm)
600 600400 4000500 500
10.0 10.015.0 15.020.0 20.025.0 25.00
25.6 25.6
9.0 9.0
130388
(in)
0 0.1-0.1 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3-0.4-0.5
02-2 4-4 6-6 8-8-10-12
(mm)
position 3 position 2 position 1
(psi)
130 371
0 200200 100 300300400
(mA@12VDC)
(bar)
(bar)
(mA@24VDC)
1300 800 600 800600
400
200450675
4001350 900 1050
01200
40
0
80
120
160
200
(l/min)
0
12
24
36
48
(US gpm)
0
15.0 10.0 10.0 15.025.0 20.020.0 25.00
30.0 18.5 25.6
4.7 9.0
68268435
(psi)
83 246
0 100200 100 200
400 300
83232
275435
12.012.0 8.08.0 16.0
0
16.0
19.030.0
17
5.7 5.7
300 400
200 525
25.0 20.0
650 400 300600
Port ow
Floating spool metering curve
Qin = 160 l/min (42.3 US gpm) - Open center circuit
Spool stroke
Pilot pressure
Pilot pressure
With 13IM control kit
With 13IM control kit
With 13IMP control kit
With 13IMP control kit
Current
Current
-13 mm
-0.51 in
Port ow
3 position spool metering curve
Qin = 160 l/min (42.3 US gpm) - Open center circuit
Spool stroke
Pilot pressure
With 8IMN control kit
With 8EB3-8EZ3
control kit
Current
Current
2 mm
0.079 in
-2 mm
-0.079 in
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Spools
Following curves are detected with standard spools, connecting P⇒A⇒B⇒T and P⇒B⇒A⇒T ports without ow multiplication.
Customized spools with backpressure or ow multiplication may require dierent force, pressure and pilot current for
operation.
2 mm
0.079 in
-2 mm
-0.079 in
Curves with spool nom. ow
@ 14 bar
(200 psi) stand-by
(margin pressure)
A = 70 l/min
(18.5 US gpm)
B = 130 l/min (34.3 US gpm)
C = 150 l/min (39.5 US gpm)
A
A
B
C
B
C
Curves with spool nom. ow
@ 14 bar
(200 psi) stand-by
(margin pressure)
A = 10 l/min
(2.6 US gpm)
B = 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm)
C = 30 l/min (7.9 US gpm)
D = 50 l/min (13.2 US gpm)
E = 70 l/min (18.5 US gpm)
F = 90 l/min (23.8 US gpm)
G = 110 l/min (29.0 US gpm)
H = 130 l/min (34.3 US gpm)
I = 150 l/min (39.5 US gpm)
L = 160 l/min (42.3 US gpm)
AA
LL
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
II
With 13EB3-13EZ3
control kit
D1WWED01A
105
DPX Series
DPX160
(in)
0 0.1-0.1 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3-0.4-0.5
02-2 4-4 6-6 8-8-10-12
(mm)
position 3 position 2 position 1
(lbf)
20
0
40
60
80
100
0
200
300
400
(N)
(in)
0.05-0.05
0 0.1-0.1 0.15-0.15 0.25-0.25 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 78-7-8
(mm)
position 2 position 1
50
0
100
150
200
250
300
(N)
(lbf)
15
0
30
45
60
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"A" side spool positioners
2
0
1
Stroke
Stroke
ForceForce
Force vs. Stroke diagram
Force vs. Stroke diagram
96 N (21.6 lbf)
130 N (29.2 lbf)
It’s congured with spring type D, as standard (see diagram); it’s also available with lighter C type springs (8MC code:
5V08109002) or B type (8MB code 5V08109003).
Release force from pos.3: 260 N ± 20% (58.5 lbf ± 20%)
Type 8MC
Type 8MB
Type 8MD
239 N (53.7 lbf)
160 N (36 lbf)
135 N (30.3 lbf)
177 N (39 lbf)
118 N (26.7 lbf)
102 N (23 lbf)
2
3
0
1
-7.7 mm
(-0.30 in)
detent = 290 N ± 20%
(65.2 lbf ± 20%)
2
0
1
92.5
3.64
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
X = allen wrench 4
Y = wrench 24 - manual tightening
Z = wrench 15 - 42 Nm
(31 lbft)
Y
Z
J
X
51
2.01
J
82.5
3.25
J
With spring return to neutral position, 8MD type
For oating circuit, 13 type
With friction, 7FTNA type
D1WWED01A
106
DPX Series
DPX160
27
1.06
47
1.85
29.5
1.16
36
1.42
13
0.51
Ø10H8
Ø0.39
Ø20
Ø0.79
10
0.39
18
0.71
2
0
1 3
B
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
"B" side spool control kit
67.5
2.66
68.5
2.70
36
1.42
36
1.42
10
0.39
M10
M10
24
0.94
65.5
2.67
77.5
3.05
94
3.70
82
3.23
26
1.02
7.5
0.30
4.5
0.18
31°20'
18°30'
18°30'
0
1
3
2
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
X = allen wrench 2.5
Y = wrench 8 - 6.6 Nm
(4.9 lbft)
X
Y
Lever boxes
2
0
1 3
2
0
31
J
J
J
J
L type
L180 type
Dust-proof plate, SLP type
LFG type
Spool stroke limiter on both ports
Flexible cable connection, TQ type
2
0
1 3
97.5
3.84
CD or CG cable types
J
Z
D1WWED01A
107
DPX Series
DPX160
A2
B1
A2-B1 B1-B2
A1-A2 A1-B2
A1
B2
A2
A1
A1-A2 A1-B2
A2-B1 B1-B2
B1
B2
B1
B2
B2-B1 B2-A1
A2-B1 A1-A2
A2
A1
B1
A2
A2-B1 A2-A1
B1-B2 A1-B2
B2
A1
Joysticks for two section operation
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"B" side spool control kit
36
1.42
36
1.42
36
1.42
96.5
3.80
36
1.42
61
2.40
M12x1.5
73
2.87
12
0.47
12
0.47
12
0.47
12
0.47
12
0.47
12
0.47
Working angles
Horizontal axis vertical axis
B1
B2
A1
A2
LCB1 conguration
example
Max. working angles
Horizontal axis Vertical axis
Single action operation 19°42' 19°41'
Single action operation with oating operation not available operation not available
Two section operation 21°22' 19°41'
Two section operation with oating operation not available operation not available
2
0
1
2
0
1
B1 B2
X
LCB1 conguration
LCB3 conguration
LCB2 conguration
LCB4 conguration
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
D1WWED01A
108
DPX Series
DPX160
With spool stroke limiter on A and B ports
2
0
1
VA VB
2
0
1
VA VB
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Proportional hydraulic control
69
2.72
68.5
2.70
53
2.09
16.5
0.65
303
11.93
335
13.19
SAE 6
VA VAVB VB
68.5
2.70
96.5
3.80
4.5
0.18
Features (all types)
Max. pressure .............: 50 bar (725 psi)
A AB B
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
X = allen wrench 4
Y = wrench 13 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft)
J
Y
J
X
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
Suggested pressure control curve:
089 type
28 bar (406 psi)
35 bar (508 psi)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
8 bar
(116 psi)
8IMN type 8IMF3N type
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
(in)
0.05-0.05
0 0.1-0.1 0.15-0.15 0.25-0.25 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 78-7-8
(mm)
position 2
spool
dead band
position 1
25.6 bar (371 psi)
3.1 bar (45 psi)
Stroke
Pressure
Stroke vs. Pressure diagram
D1WWED01A
109
DPX Series
DPX160
75
2.95
59
2.32
315
12.40
SAE 6
VA VB
68.5
2.70
96.5
3.80
4.5
0.18
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Proportional hydraulic control
A B
Features
Max. pressure .......: 50 bar (725 psi)
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
J
For oating circuit, 13IM - 13IMP types
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
28 bar (406 psi)
35 bar (508 psi)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
8 bar
(116 psi)
13IM type: suggested pressure
control curve on port VA: 089 type
(in)
0 0.1-0.1 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3-0.4-0.5
02-2 4-4 6-6 8-8-10-12
(mm)
position 3 position 2
spool
dead band
position 1
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
floating area
Stroke
Pressure
13IM type: Stroke vs. Pressure diagram
25.6 bar (371 psi)
3.1 bar (45 psi)
(in)
0 0.1-0.1 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3-0.4-0.5
02-2 4-4 6-6 8-8-10-12
(mm)
position 3 position 2 position 1
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
spool
dead band
floating area
Stroke
Pressure
13IMP type: Stroke vs. Pressure diagram
17 bar (247 psi)
2 bar (29 psi)
16 bar (232 psi)
19 bar (276 psi)
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
13IM type: suggested pressure
control curve on port VB: 033 type
19 bar (276 psi)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm
(0.033 in)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
5.8 bar
(84 psi)
35 bar (508 psi)
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
13IMP type: suggested pressure
control curve on port VB: E073 type
19.9 bar (289 psi)
18 bar (261 psi)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
0.85 mm (0.033 in)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
4 bar
(58 psi)
35 bar (508 psi)
6.5 mm
(0.26 in)
Pre-feeling
024
6
8
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
500
400
0.050
0.150.10
0.20
0.25 0.3
(in)
(mm)
Pusher stroke
Pilot pressure
35 bar (508 psi)
7.25 mm
(0.29 in)
7.6 mm (0.30 in)
13IMP type: suggested pressure
control curve on port VA: 073 type
18 bar (261 psi)
0.85 mm (0.033 in)
4 bar
(58 psi)
2
3
0
1
VA VB
D1WWED01A
110
DPX Series
DPX160
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Electrohydraulic control performace data
Following specications are measured with:
• mineral oil of 46 mm
2
/s - 46 cSt viscosity at 40°C - 104°F temperature,
• standard spools, connecting P⇒A⇒B⇒T ports without ow multiplication,
• 12 VDC and 24 VDC nominal voltage with ± 10% tolerance.
Following electrohydraulic controls need CED100X or CED400X electronic unit; for information please contact Sales Department.
Specications Spool control type
8EB3 13EB3 8EZ3 13EZ3
Electric specications
Coil impedance
12 VDC 4,72 Ω 4,72 Ω 4,72 Ω 4,72 Ω
24 VDC 20,8 Ω 20,8 Ω 20,8 Ω 20,8 Ω
Max. operating current
12 VDC 1,5 A 1,5 A 1,5 A 1,5 A
24 VDC 0,75 A 0,75 A 0,75 A 0,75 A
No load current consumption 0 0 0 0
Hysteresis max.
(1)
With lever box congured controls
external drain
3%
4% with lever
6%
8% with lever
4% 8%
internal drain
4%
5% with lever
7%
10% with lever
5% 10%
Time response
from 0 ⇒ 100% of stroke < 80 ms < 100 ms < 80 ms < 100 ms
from 100% ⇒ 0 of stroke < 60 ms < 80 ms < 60 ms < 80 ms
Min. ow control signal
12 VDC 580 mA 400 mA 580 mA 400 mA
24 VDC 290 mA 200 mA 290 mA 200 mA
Max. ow control signal
12 VDC 1350 mA
P⇒A: 1050 mA
P⇒B: 900 mA
1350 mA
P⇒A: 1050 mA
P⇒B: 900 mA
24 VDC 675 mA
P⇒A: 525 mA
P⇒B: 450 mA
675 mA
P⇒A: 525 mA
P⇒B: 450 mA
Float ow control signal
12 VDC 1350 mA 1350 mA
24 VDC 675 mA 675 mA
Dither frequency
low frequency 150 Hz 150 Hz
high frequency 180 Hz - 350 mA 180 Hz - 350 mA
Insertion 100% 100%
Coil insulance
Class H (180°C -
356°F) Class H (180°C - 356°F)
Connector type AMP JPT - Deutsch DT AMP JPT - Deutsch DT
Weather protection (connector) IP65 (JPT type) - IP69K (DT type) IP65 (JPT type) - IP69K (DT type)
Hydraulic specications
Max. pressure
40 bar (
580 psi) 50 bar (725 psi)
Max. back pressure
20 bar (
290 psi) 20 bar (290 psi)
Note (1) hysteresis is indicated at nominal supply voltage and f = 0.008 Hz for one cycle (one cycle = neutral ⇒ full A ⇒ neutral ⇒ full B ⇒ neutral).
For the calculation rules see "Appendix A" on page 134.
D1WWED01A
111
DPX Series
DPX160
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Electrohydraulic control performace data
(in)
0.05-0.05
0 0.1-0.1 0.15-0.15 0.25-0.25 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3
01-1 2-2 3-3 4-4 5-5 6-6 78-7-8
(mm)
position 2
spool
dead band
position 1
400
0
800
1200
1600
(mA@12VDC)
200
0
400
600
800
(mA@24VDC)
(in)
0 0.1-0.1 0.2-0.2 0.3-0.3-0.4-0.5
02-2 4-4 6-6 8-8-10-12
(mm)
position 3 position 2
spool
dead band
position 1
400
0
800
1200
1600
(mA@12VDC)
200
0
400
600
800
(mA@24VDC)
floating area
Stroke
Current
Stroke
Current
580 / 290 mA
1350 / 675 mA
1050 / 525 mA
1350 / 675 mA
900 / 450 mA
-13 mm
(-0.51 in)
8EB3-8EZ3 types: Stroke vs. Current diagram
13EB3-13EZ3 types: Stroke vs. Current diagram
D1WWED01A
112
DPX Series
DPX160
Deutsch DT06-4S mating connector, code 5CON140072
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Electrohydraulic controls: spool position sensor
The sensor can be ordered exclusively through the EB and EZ type electrohydraulic controls; see pages 53 and 57 for available
control list.
SPSL sensor
The SPSL position sensor converts the spool movements into a voltage linear signal.
SPSD sensor
The SPSD position sensor converts the spool movements into an electric digital signal.
Working conditions
Voltage supply 5 VDC
Current absorption < 10 mA (no load)
Mechanical life 3x10
6
Connector type DT04-4P Deutsch
Weather protection IP67 / IP69K
Working temperature
from -40°C to 105°C
(from -40°F to 221°F)
Working pressure
350 bar
(5100 psi)
Max. electrical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Max. mechanical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Output signal range from 0.5 to 4.5 V
linearity ± 5%
spool in neutral 2.5 ± 0.2 V
max. current 1 mA
EMC compatibility ISO 13766 / ISO 14982
Mechanical vibrations, shock, bumps IEC 68-2-6,-27,-29
Deutsch DT04-4P
connector
Pin Function
1 + 5V
2 not connected
3 GND
4 signal OUT
Deutsch DT04-4P
connector
Pin Function
1 Out A
2 GND
3 VB +
4 Out B
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
Deutsch DT06-4S mating connector, code 5CON140072
Working conditions
Voltage supply from 9 to 32 VDC
Current absorption < 10 mA (no load)
Mechanical life 3x10
6
Connector type DT04-4P Deutsch
Weather protection IP67 / IP69K
Working temperature
from -40°C to 105°C
(from -40°F to 221°F)
Working pressure
350 bar
(5100 psi)
Max. electrical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Max. mechanical stroke
±10 mm
(±0.39 in)
Output signal type PNP
max. current 6 mA
EMC compatibility ISO 13766 / ISO 14982
Mechanical vibrations, shock, bumps IEC 68-2-6,-27,-29
(mm)
(%)
20
0
40
60
80
100
-8 -6 6-4 4-2 20 8
Spool stroke
(in)
operation tolerance
operation tolerance
Battery voltage
-0.06 0.06-0.12 0.12-0.18 0.18-0.24 0.24-0.30 0.300
SPSD sensor output signal
(mm)
-8 -6 6-4 4-2 20 8
(V)
1
0
2
3
4
5
Spool stroke
(in)
-0.06 0.06-0.12 0.12-0.18 0.18-0.24 0.24-0.30 0.300
Output voltage
operation tolerance
SPSL sensor output signal
D1WWED01A
113
DPX Series
DPX160
164.5
6.48
178.5
7.03
69
2.72
303
11.93
67
2.64
24.5
0.96
20.5
0.81
344
13.54
68.5
2.70
4.5
0.18
X
Y
1
1
2
2
A B
A B
Without lever control
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
3
0
1
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT, mating connector code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
Wrenches and tightening torques
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
X = allen wrench 5
Y = wrench 17 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Two-side electrohydraulic control
K
J
K
J
8EB3 - 8EB34 types
8EB3F3 - 8EB34F3 types
13EB3 - 13EB34 types
1
2
D1WWED01A
114
DPX Series
DPX160
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Two-side electrohydraulic control
With lever control
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT, mating connector code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
2
0
1
2
0
1
Wrenches and tightening torques
H = allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbft)
Z = wrench 29 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
W = wrench 8
164.5
6.48
178.5
7.03
68.5
2.70
48.5
1.91
21.5
0.86
4.5
0.18
30
1.18
M8
69
2.72
306.5
12.07
338
13.31
72.5
2.85
70.5
2.78
317.5
12.50
13
0.51
32°
19°
19°
15°
0
2
1
3
1
1
2
2
A B
A B
K
J
Z
W
H
X
Z
W
H
Y
K
J
8EB3LH - 8EB34LH types
8EB3LHF3 - 8EB34LHF3 types
13EB3LHF3 - 13EB34LHF3 types
13EB3LH - 13EB34LH types
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
D1WWED01A
115
DPX Series
DPX160
With lever control and spool position sensor
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
Two-side electrohydraulic control
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT, mating connector code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
1
2
0
1
G
#
2
0
1
G
#
164.5
6.48
68.5
2.70
4.5
0.18
69
2.72
52
2.05
A
F
G
Note: for other dimensions
see previous page
X
Z
W
H
Y
K
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
F = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
G = wrench 17 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
H = allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbft)
Z = wrench 29 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
W = wrench 8
8EB3TLHSPSD type
8EB3TLHF3SPSD type
D1WWED01A
116
DPX Series
DPX160
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Two-side electrohydraulic control
With spool position sensor
A B
184.5
7.26
68.5
2.70
4.5
0.18
87.5
2.72
52
2.05
G
U
2
0
1
F
F
G
K
Wrenches and tightening torques
F = allen wrench 4 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
G = wrench 17 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
K = allen wrench 3 - 5 Nm (3.7 lbft)
1
2
2
2
0
1
2
3
0
1
"B" side option
(page 117)
"B" side option
(page 117)
A B
173
6.81
184.5
7.26
68.5
2.70
4.5
0.18
87.5
2.72
F
K
Control Types
: With AMP JPT connector - AMP JPT, mating connector code: 5CON003
: With Deutsch DT04 connector - Deutsch DT06-2S mating connector code: 5CON140031
1
2
8EZ34SPSL type
8EZ3 - 8EZ34 types
13EZ3 - 13EZ34 types
D1WWED01A
117
DPX Series
DPX160
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Working section
"B" side options
These options are available for one-side electyrohydraulic controls only.
Lever boxes
Endcap
2
0
1 3
2
0
1 3
2
0
31
60
2.36
117.5
4.63
86
3.39
21.5
0.85
32°
19°
19°
45°
M8
0
1
3
2
195
7.68
B
68.5
2.70
97.5
3.84
4.5
0.18
W
Z
H
X
Y
85
3.35
W
Z
H
J
86
3.39
J
J
Wrenches and tightening torques
H = allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm (4.9 lbft)
J = allen wrench 5 - 9.8 Nm (7.2 lbft)
X = allen wrench 3
Y = wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm
(7.2 lbft)
Z = wrench 29 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
W = wrench 8
LQ type
SLCQ type
LQF3 type
Spool stroke limiter on
A and B ports
D1WWED01A
118
DPX Series
DPX160
Working section
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Port valves
133
5.24
133
5.24
4.5
0.18
4.5
0.18
14.5
0.57
38
1.50
124
4.88
20.5
0.81
37
1.46
122
4.80
21.5
0.85
A AB B
Wrenches and tightening torques
X = wrench 19 - 42 Nm (31 lbft) - (plug and valves)
Y = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft) - (tappo)
X = wrench 10 - 24 Nm
(17.7 lbft) (valves)
X Y
(US gpm)
100
0
200
300
400
500
(bar)
(psi)
1500
0
3000
4500
6000
(l/min)
04080
120
160
010203040
Flow
Pressure
UL type, setting example
(5 l/min - 1.3 Us gpm)
50 bar (725 psi)
150 bar (2150 psi)
100 bar (1450 psi)
200 bar (2900 psi)
380 bar (5500 psi)
300 bar (4350 psi)
250 bar (3600 psi)
UL-US types
CL-CS types
Pressure relief valves, UL type
Anticavitation valve, CL type
Antishock valves, US type
Anticavitation valve, CS type
Flow
Pressure
US type, setting example
(10 l/min - 2.6 Us gpm)
01020
30
40 50 60
(l/min)
(psi)
(US gpm)
306
9
12
15
100
0
200
300
400
500
(bar)
1500
0
3000
4500
6000
25 bar (360 psi)
80 bar (1150 psi)
140 bar (2050 psi)
210 bar (3050 psi)
260 bar (3750 psi)
340 bar (4950 psi)
420 bar (6100 psi)
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
500
(US gpm)
(l/min)
01020
30
40 50 60
306
9
12
15
Flow
Pressure
US-CS types, pressure drop
(in anticavitation)
Flow
Pressure
UL-CL types, pressure drop
(in anticavitation)
10
0
20
30
40
(bar)
(psi)
100
0
200
300
400
500
(US gpm)
(l/min)
010203040
04080 120 160
UL type
US type
CS type
CL type
D1WWED01A
119
DPX Series
DPX160
__________________________________________________________________
Outlet section part ordering codes
1 Outlet section kit* page 120
Outlet section is the same type for standard and High Pressure valve
For mechanical and hydraulic controls
TYPE: DPX160/RC1-SAE CODE: YFIA205700S
DESCRIPTION: With upper T2 port port
TYPE: DPX160/RC3-SAE CODE: YFIA205702S
DESCRIPTION: With upper T2 port and P1, T1, LS1 side ports
TYPE: DPX160/RC3-CL-SAE CODE: YFIA205714S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with clamp release arrang. and port CL
For electrohydraulic controls
TYPE: DPX160/RCN1-SAE CODE: YFIA205706S
DESCRIPTION: Without pressure reducing valve arrangement, L
upper and V side ports, T2 upper port
TYPE: DPX160/RCN3-SAE CODE: YFIA205713S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with P1, T1, LS1 side ports
TYPE: DPX160/RCN3-CL-SAE CODE: YFIA205715S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with clamps release arrang. and CL port
TYPE: DPX160/RCR1-SAE CODE: YFIA205703S
DESCRIPTION: With pressure reducing valve arrangement, upper L
and side V ports, upper T2 port
TYPE: DPX160/RCR3-SAE CODE: YFIA205707S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with P1, T1, LS1 side ports
TYPE: DPX160/RCR3-CL-SAE CODE: YFIA205716S
DESCRIPTION: As previous one with clamps release arrang. and CL port
Note: for outlet sections with dierent port arrangement please
contact Sales Dpt.
2 Bleed valve page 120
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) X138810000V Bleed valve
(VBT) XTAP525320V Valve blanking plug
NOTE (*): Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread.
NOTE (-): "TYPE" omitted in outlet section description
3 Pilot and drain *
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) 4TAP306006 M6-DIN906 plug, for external drain
(VLT) 3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, nr.2 for int. pilot and drain,
FPM o-ring seal
4 Pressure reducing valve page 121
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
(-) 4AC9539900 Press. reducing valve, 32 bar (
464 psi)
(RT) 3XTP3535100V Valve blanking plug (SAE 08/3)
5 Clamp release kit page 121
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
CL 5KIT409010V Clamp release kit, 12VDC, FPM o-ring seals
6 Section threading
Only specify if it is dierent from BSP standard (see page 6).
Parts*
CODE DESCRIPTION
3XTAP838200 SAE16 plug: for RC1/RCN1/RCR1 = nr. 1
for RC3/RCN3/RCR3 = 2
3XTAP832200 SAE12 plug, for RC1/RCN1/RCR1 = nr. 0
for RC3/RCN3/RCR3 = 1
3XTAP817130 SAE6 plug, for RC1/RCN1/RCR1 = nr. 0
for RC3/RCN3/RCR3 = 1
for RC3-CL/RCN3-CL/RCR3-CL = 2
7
DPX160/RC3A-CL - ... -12VDC DPX160/RCN3A(VBT)- ... DPX160/RCR3A(RT)(VLT)(VBT)-...
1 5
2
7
7
7
3
3
3
5 6 1 2 1 4 3 2
1
5
7
1
4
T2
P1
T1
LS1
L
V
T2
P1
T1
LS1
L
V
T2
P1
CL
T1
LS1
RC3A type RCN3A type RCR3A type
D1WWED01A
120
DPX Series
DPX160
0,25
0
0,5
0,75
1
(l/min)
(bar)
0 100 200
300
400
(psi)
0 1000 2000 3000 50004000
(US gpm)
0.10
0.05
0
0.15
0.20
0.25
Pressure
Flow
Bleed valve diagram
Flow vs. Pressure
Bleed valve features
Max. inlet pressure ...: 380 bar
(5550 psi)
Max. back pressure ...: 25 bar
(363 psi)
Outlet section
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Example of RCN3A outlet section
Example of RC3A outlet section
12
0.47
40
1.57
47
1.85
47
1.85
94
3.70
35.3
1.39
16
0.63
164.6
6.48
180.6
7.11
20
0.79
36
1.42
55
2.17
37
1.46
88
3.46
133
5.24
25
0.98
56
2.20
15
0.59
M10
nr. 2
T2
25
0.98
4
0.16
5.5
0.22
5.5
0.22
Bleed
valve
98
3.86
12
0.47
60
2.36
27
1.06
2.5
0.098
T2
L
Bleed valve
V
L T2
LS1
T1
P1
T2
P1
LS1
T1
X
K
W
Z
Y
X
Wrenches and tightening
torques
X = allen wrench 17 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
W = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
K = allen wrench 12 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
X
X
K
W
Z
Y
X
T2
V
L T2
RC1A type RC3A type
RCN3A typeRCN1A type
D1WWED01A
121
DPX Series
DPX160
______________________________________________________________________________________________
Outlet section
Dimensions and hydraulic circuit
Example of RCR3A outlet section
Bleed valve
Pressure
reducing valve
12
0.47
98
3.86
105
4.13
60
2.36
27
1.06
2.5
0.098
T2
L
247
9.72
Outlet sections with clamp release kit
V
T2
L
LS
P1
T1
V
T2
L
CL
P1
LS1
V
T2
L
T1
T2
CL
P1
T1
LS1
CL
V
T1
P1
L T2
LS1
X
X
X
W
K
J
Z
Z
Y
Wrenches and tightening torques
H = manual tightening
K = wrench 24 - 30 Nm
(22 lbft)
X = allen wrench 17 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
Y = allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Z = allen wrench 6 - 24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
W = wrench 24 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
J = allen wrench 12 - 42 Nm (31 lbft)
37
1.46
Clamp release kit
56.5
2.22
91.8
3.61
12
0.47
K
H
Features
Max. ow ..........: 45 l/min (12 US gpm)
Max. pressure .......: 315 bar (4600 psi)
Internal leakage .....: max. 3 cm
3
/min @ 100 bar
(max. 0.018 in
3
/min @ 1450 psi)
For coil features and options see BER type coil at page 125.
Pressure reducing valve features
Reduced press. range . : from 3.5 to 35 bar
(
from 50 to 500 psi)
Max. inlet pressure ...: 420 bar (5500 psi)
Nominal ow .......: 15 l/min (4 US gpm)
15
0
30
45
60
(bar)
(l/min)
036
912
15
(psi)
(US gpm)
0
200
400
600
800
0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.6
Reduced pressure
Flow
Pressure reducing valve diagram
Reduced pressure vs. Flow
RCN3A-CL typeRC3A-CL type RCR3A-CL type
RCR1A type RCR3A type
D1WWED01A
122
DPX series
Accessories
Intermediate sections
__________________________________________________________________________________
1 Intermediate section page 123
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
EIR 3EL4053004
* For valves with hydraulic or mechanical
controls, with M1 pressure gauge port
5GUA160V FPM o-ring seal kit
EIRE 3EL4053003
* For valves with two-side electrohydraulic
control; with pilot V, drain L, M1 pressure
gauge ports
5GUA161V FPM o-ring seal kit
EIRZS 3EL4053005
* As previous one, for valves with one-side
electrohydraulic control
5GUA162V FPM o-ring seal kit
2 Pilot and drain
The codes are referred to parts with FPM o-ring seals
CODE DESCRIPTION
XGIU622301V
#
Male G1/4 to female SAE6 joint
XTAP81713V
#
SAE6 plug for internal pilot and drain
4TAP310007 Optional M10x1 DIN906 plug for external drain
DPX100 side assembling kit
CODE DESCRIPTION
5TIR110142 For 2 working section valve
5TIR110178 For 3 working section valve
5TIR110216 For 4 working section valve
5TIR110253 For 5 working section valve
5TIR110286L For 6 working section valve
5TIR110322 For 7 working section valve
4
DPX160 side assembling kit
CODE DESCRIPTION
5TIR112141 For 1 working section valve
5TIR112189 For 2 working section valve
5TIR112237 For 3 working section valve
5TIR112285 For 4 working section valve
5TIR112333 For 5 working section valve
5TIR112382 For 6 working section valve
3
2
NOTE: (*) Codes are referred to BSP thread.
(
#
) Codes are referred to UN-UNF thread
Tie rods tightening
wrench 19 - 50 Nm (37 lbft)
Tie rods tightening
wrench 17 - 35 Nm (25.8 lbft)
DPX100
outlet section
DPX100
working section
DPX100
working section
DPX160
working section
DPX160
inlet section
3
4
1
2
1
DPX160/1/AM3B(TGW3-175\ELTN)/PE-E107(130\130)-8EB3F3.UL3T/EIRE-TAP(VLM)/PE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3.U3T
/PE-E101(80\80)-8EB3TF3.U3T/RDR(03)/DPX100/2-.....-12VDC-FPM
Inlet section Working section Working section
DPX100 directional valveDPX160 directional valve
Nr. of working
sections
Nr. of working
sections
DPX100 directional valve
Common directional
valves specications
Outlet sectionSezione di lavoro
1 2
D1WWED01A
123
DPX series
Accessories
Nr. of
working
sections
dim. E
with M or N inlet
sections
dim. F
with standard or
HP sections
mm
in
mm
in
1 98
3.86
-
-
2 146
5.75
107
4.21
3 194
7.64
143
5.63
4 242
9.53
179
7.05
5 290
11.42
215
8.46
6 338
13.31
251
9.88
7 -
-
287
11.30
35
1.38
13
0.51
M10 (nr.2)
deep 15 -
0.59
35.5
1.40
70
2.76
60
2.36
5
0.197
133
5.24
72
2.83
47.3
1.86
164.6
6.48
24.5
0.96
12
0.47
1
0.039
10
0.39
25
0.98
E F
___________________________________________________________________________________
Intermediate sections
EIRE intermediate section
For DPX valves with two-side electrohydraulic controls.
L
V
M1
M1
A1
L1
P1
T1
V1
LS
LS1
M
P
T
A2 A3
B1
B2 B3
P1
T1
T
P
M
LS
L1 V1A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3
M1
V L
LS1
D1WWED01A
124
DPX series
Accessories
Intermediate sections
__________________________________________________________________________________
EIR intermediate section
For DPX valves with hydraulic or mechanical controls; for dimensions and port position see EIRE type on previous page.
EIRZS intermediate section
For DPX valves with one-side electrohydraulic controls; for further dimensions see EIRE type on previous page.
A1 B1 A2 B2
M1
A3 B3
DPX160 inlet section
or working sections
DPX100 working sections
or outlet sections
M1
A1
A2 A3
B1
B2 B3
DPX160 inlet section
or working sections
DPX100 working sections
or outlet sections
L
V
M1
A1
A2 A3
B1
B2 B3
21
0.83
13
0.51
DPX160 inlet section
or working sections
DPX160 inlet section
or working sections
DPX100 working sections
or outlet sections
DPX100 working sections
or outlet sections
A1 B1 A2 B2
M1
V L
A3 B3
D1WWED01A
125
DPX series
Accessories
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Coils and connectors
Coil type Voltage
Connectors
ISO4400 Deutsch DT AMP JPT
Packard
Weatherpack
Packard
Metri-pack
Flying leads
(without conn.)
BER
10 VDC
4SLE001000A - - - - -
12 VDC
4SLE001200A
4SLE001217A
(3)
4SLE001201A
(5)
4SLE001209A
(3-5)
4SLE001202A
(6)
4SLE001216A
(3-6)
4SLE001206A
(2)
4SLE001203A
(5)
4SLE001211A
(3-5)
4SLE001210A
(2)
4SLE001214A
(2)
4SLE001207A
14 VDC
-
4SLE001400A
(6)
4SLE001401A
(3-6)
4SLE001402A
(3-5)
4SLE001403A
(3-5)
- -
-
24 VDC
4SLE002400A
4SLE002408A
(3)
4SLE302400A
(1)
4SLE002401A
(5)
4SLE002407A
(3-5)
4SLE002402A
(6)
4SLE002403A
(5)
- - 4SLE002404A
28 VDC
- 4SLE002802A
(6)
4SLE002800A
(5)
- - -
48 VDC
4SLE004800A
4SLE304800A
(1)
- - - - -
110VDC
4SLE011000A
4SLE311000A
(1)
- - - - -
220 VDC
4SLE022000A
4SLE322000A
(1)
- - - - -
BE
12 VDC
4SL1000120
4SL1000123
(6)
4SL1000140
(3-6)
4SL1000124
(2)
- - - 4SL1000122
24 VDC
4SL1000240
4SL1030240
(1)
4SL1002401
(6)
- - - -
48 VDC
4SL1010480 - - - - -
110 VDC
4SL1011100
4SL1031100
(1)
- - - - -
220 VDC
4SL1022200
4SL1032200
(1)
- - - - -
BT
10 VDC
4SL3000100 - - - - -
12 VDC
4SL3000120
4SL3000126
(4)
4SL3000130
(6)
4SL3000134
(3-6)
4SL3000128
(2)
4SL3000122
(5)
4SL3001200
(3-5)
4SL3000124
(2)
4SL3000127
(2)
4SL300012C
24 VDC
4SL3000240
4SL3030240
(1)
4SL3000249
(6)
4SL300024C
(3-6)
4SL3000248
(5)
- - 4SL3000246
26 VDC
4SL3000260 - - - - -
48 VDC
4SL3000480
4SL3030480
(1)
- - - - -
110 VDC
4SL3001100
4SL3031100
(1)
- - - - -
220 VDC
4SL3002200
4SL3032200
(1)
- - - -
BPV
12 VDC
4SLA001200 - - - - -
24 VDC
4SLA002400 - - - - -
D12
10,5 VDC
4SOL412011 4SOL412111
(2)
- -
12 VDC
4SOL412012
4SOL412016
(3)
4SOL412013
(6)
4SOL412112
(2)
4SOL412015
(3-6)
4SOL412113
(2-3)
- - - 4SOL412017
(3)
24 VDC
4SOL412024
4SOL412025
(6)
4SOL412124
(2)
4SOL412027
(3-6)
4SOL412224
(2)
- - -
Mating connectors
(For connector with rectier
see following table)
4CN1009995 5CON140031 5CON003 5CON001 5CON017 -
Notes: (
1
) supply with AC and use only with rectier connector - (
2
) with ying leads - (
3
) with bidirectional diode - (
5
) with unidirectional diode
(
5
) integrated perpendicular type - (
6
) integrated parallel type
Voltage
ISO 4400 mating connector with rectier
BER type coil BT type coil BPV type coil BE type coil D12 type coil
24 VDC 4CN1010240 4CN3010240 - 4CN1010240 -
48 VDC 4CN1010480 4CN3010480 - 4CN1010480 -
110 VDC 4CN1011100 4CN3011100 - 4CN1011100 -
220 VDC 4CN1012200 4CN3012200 - 4CN1012200 -
D1WWED01A
126
DPX series
Accessories
Coils and connectors
___________________________________________________________________________________
Coils and connectors
___________________________________________________________________________________
300
11.81
600
23.62
37.5
1.48
38.6
1.52
30
20.5
0.81
Flying leads
Flying leads with
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
ISO4400 connector
37.5
1.48
38.6
1.52
54
2.12
30
1.18
20.5
0.81
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
66.9
2.63
38.6
1.52
30
1.18
37.5
1.48
20.5
0.81
Features
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating ..........: 18.7 W - 12 VDC
: 18.6 W - 24 VDC
: 17.3 W - 110 VDC
: 15.7 W - 220 VDC
: 18.3 W - 24 RAC
: 16 W - 110 RAC
: 16 W- 220 RAC
Max. operating current . . : 1.56 A - 12 VDC
: 0.77 A - 24 VDC
: 0.157 A - 110 VDC
: 0.08 A - 220 VDC
: 0.85 A - 24 RAC
: 0.16 A - 110 RAC
: 0.08 A - 220 RAC
Coil insulance .........: Class F (155°C -
311°F)
Weather protection .....: IP65 - ISO4400
: IP69K - Deutsch DT
Insertion ............: 100%
48
1.89
202
7.95
ISO4400 connector
Features
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating ..........: 19.2 W - 12/24 VDC - 48 RAC
: 19.1 W - 28 VDC
: 19 W - 10/14/48/110/220 VDC
24/110/220 RAC
Max. operating current . . : 1.90 A - 10 VDC
: 1.60 A - 12 VDC
: 1.36 A - 14 VDC
: 0.80 A - 24 VDC
: 0.68 A - 28 VDC
: 0.40 A - 48 VDC
: 0.17 A - 110 VDC
: 0.09 A - 220 VDC
: 0.89 A - 24 RAC
: 0.45 A - 48 RAC
: 0.19 A - 110 RAC
: 0.09 A - 220 RAC
Coil insulance .........: Class H (180°C -
356°F)
Weather protection .....: IP65 - ISO4400
: IP69K - Deutsch DT
: IP65 - AMP JPT
: IP67 - Weatherpack
: IP67 - Metri-pack
Insertion ............: 100%
Flying leads with
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
Flying leads with PACKARD
METRI-PACK connector
Flying leads with PACKARD
WEATHER-PACK connector
Flying leads
47.8
1.88
5
0.20
53.8
2.12
43.5
1.71
200
7.87
41.5
1.63
144
5.67
300
11.81
38.5
1.52
36
1.42
23.5
0.93
38.5
1.52
36
1.42
47.5
1.87
63.9
2.52
23.5
0.93
38.5
1.52
36
1.42
49.8
1.96
69.8
2.75
23.5
0.93
38.5
1.52
38.5
1.52
36
1.42
36
1.42
68
2.68
59.8
2.35
47.5
1.87
47.8
1.88
23.5
0.93
23.5
0.93
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
(perpendicular type)
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
(parallel type)
AMP JPT connector
BER type
D1WWED01A
127
DPX series
Accessories
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Coils and connectors
BPV type
Features
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating ..........: 8 W - 12/24 VDC
Max. operating current . . : 0.67 A - 12 VDC
: 0.33 A - 24VDC
Coil Insulance .........: Class H (180°C -
356°F)
Weather protection .....: IP65 - ISO4400
Insertion ............: 100%
ISO4400 connector
29.5
1.16
200
13.79
22
0.87
39.5
1.56
28.5
1.12
11
0.43
Flying leads
29.5
1.16
22
0.87
32.5
1.28
28.5
1.12
11
0.43
BT type
ISO4400 connector
52.5
2.07
50
1.97
40.5
1.59
Ø 36.5
1.44
18.25
0.72
AMP JPT connector
Ø 36.5
1.44
50
1.97
53.25
2.10
18.25
0.72
40.5
1.59
40.5
1.59
L
50
1.97
Ø 36.5
1.44
18.25
0.72
Flying leads
170
6.69
215
8.46
145
5.71
Coil type
L dimension
(mm)
(in)
12VDC 247
9.72
24VDC 307
12.09
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
Ø 37.5
Ø
1.48
50
1.97
62.5
2.46
19.5
0.77
42.5
1.67
Flying leads with
DEUTSCH DT04
connector
Flying leads with
PACKARD METRI-PACK
connector
Flying leads with
PACKARD WEATHER-PACK
connector
Features
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating ..........: 19 W - 10 VDC
: 21 W - 12/24/26 VDC
: 20.3 W - 48 VDC
: 17.3 W - 110 VDC
: 17.7 W - 220 VDC
: 19.9 W - 24 RAC
: 20.7 W - 48 RAC
: 20 W - 110 / 220 RAC
Max. operating current . . : 1.9 A - 10 VDC
: 1.77 A - 12 VDC
: 0.89 A - 24VDC
: 0.84 A - 26 VDC
: 0.43 A - 48 VDC
: 0.16 A - 110 VDC
: 0.08 A - 220 VDC
: 0.93 A - 24 RAC
: 0.47 A - 48 RAC
: 0.18 A - 110 RAC
: 0.09 A - 220 RAC
Coil insulance .........: Class F (155°C -
311°F)
Weather protection .....: IP65 - ISO4400
: IP69K - Deutsch DT
: IP65 - AMP JPT
: IP67 - Weatherpack
: IP67 - Metri-pack
Insertion ............: 100%
D1WWED01A
128
DPX series
Accessories
D12 type
ISO4400 connector
50
1.97
50
1.97
51
2.01
51
2.01
63
2.48
68.5
2.70
22.5
0.89
22.5
0.89
35
1.38
35
1.38
Coils and connectors
___________________________________________________________________________________
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
(with or without bidirectional diode)
50
1.97
51
2.01
310
12.20
22.5
0.89
35
1.38
355
13.98
345
13.58
Flying leads
Flying leads with
DEUTSCH DT04 connector
Flying leads with
AMP JPT connector
Features
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating ..........: 36 W - 10.5/12/24 VDC
Max. operating current . . : 3,43 A - 10.5 VDC
: 3 A - 12 VDC
: 1.5 A - 24VDC
Coil insulance .........: Class H (180°C -
356°F)
Weather protection .....: IP65 - ISO4400
: IP69K - Deutsch DT
: IP65 - AMP JPT
Insertion ............: 100%
D1WWED01A
129
DPX series
Installation and maintenance
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Main rules
The DPX series valves are assembled and tested as per the technical specications of this catalogue.
Before the nal installation on your equipment, please follow the below recommendations:
- the valve can be assembled in any position; in order to prevent body deformation and spool sticking mount the product
on a at surface;
- In order to prevent the possibility of water entering the spool control kit, do not use high pressure washdown directly on the
valve;
- prior to painting, ensure plugs on normally open ports are tightly in place.
NOTE – These torques are recommended. Assembly tightening torque depends on many factors, including lubrication, coating
and surface nish.
T
T
T
L
LS LS
LS
P
P
P
V
V
V
L
L
B
B
B
A
A
A
FITTING TIGHTENING TORQUE - Nm / lbft
THREAD TYPE
P inlet port A and B workports T outlet port LS signal port V and L ports
DPX050
BSP
G 1/2 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/4 G 1/4
With O-Ring seal
50
/ 36.9 35 / 35.8 50 / 36.9 25 / 18.4 25 / 18.4
With copper washer
60
/ 44.3 40 / 29.5 60 / 44.3
30 / 22.1 30 / 22.1
With steel and rubber
washer
60
/ 44.3
30 / 22.1
60 / 44.3
16 / 11.8 16 / 11.8
UN-UNF 3/4-16 (SAE 8) 6/16-18 (SAE 6) 3/4-16 (SAE 8) 9/16-18 (SAE 6) 9/16-18 (SAE 6)
With O-Ring seal
35
/ 25.8
30 / 22.1
35 / 25.8 30 / 22.1 30 / 22.1
DPX100
BSP
G 1/2 G 3/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
With O-Ring seal
50
/ 36.9
90 / 66.4
35 / 35.8 50 / 36.9
90 / 66.4
50 / 36.9
90 / 66.4
25 / 18.4 25 / 18.4
With copper washer
60
/ 44.3
90 / 66.4
40 / 29.5 60 / 44.3
90 / 66.4
60 / 44.3
90 / 66.4
30 / 22.1 30 / 22.1
With steel and rubber
washer
60
/ 44.3
70 / 51.6 30 / 22.1
60 / 44.3
70 / 51.6
60 / 44.3
70 / 51.6 16 / 11.8 16 / 11.8
UN-UNF 7/8-14 (SAE 10)
3/4-16
(SAE 8)
1 1/16-12
(SAE 12)
7/8-14 (SAE 10) 9/16-18 (SAE 6) 9/16-18 (SAE 6)
With O-Ring seal
90
/ 66.4
35 / 25.8
95 / 70.1 90 / 66.4
30 / 22.1 30 / 22.1
DPX160
BSP
G 3/4 G 3/4 G 1 G 1/4 G 1/4
With O-Ring seal
90
/ 66.4
90
100
/ 73.8 25 / 18.4 25 / 18.4
With copper washer
90
/ 66.4
90
90
/ 66.4
30 / 22.1 30 / 22.1
With steel and rubber
washer
70
/ 51.6
70
100
/ 73.8 16 / 11.8 16 / 11.8
UN-UNF 1 1/16-12 (SAE 12) 1 1/16-12 (SAE 12) 1 5/16-12 (SAE 16) 9/16-18 (SAE 6) 9/16-18 (SAE 6)
With O-Ring seal
95
/ 70.1 95 / 70.1
150 / 100.6 30 / 22.1 30 / 22.1
D1WWED01A
130
DPX series
Installation and maintenance
Connection between two directional valves
______________________________________________________
All the examples shown allow contemporary workports operations.
With two or more DPX Series valves connected as shown, only one bleed valve is needed, on the last DPX valve and it is
necessary to blank plugs on the others valves.
However if DPX valves are far from each other or congured with many sections, the Bleed valve may be required on each
directional valve.
T2
A1 B1 A2
T
VB1
VA1
VB2
VA2
LSLS1
PP1
A1 B1 A2 B2 B2
T
P
T1
L V
Example 1: connection between DPX series valves, Open Center circuit
Example 2: connection between DPX series and DPC series valves, Open Center circuit
Check valve on L.S. line
LS1
LSAB LSAB
P1
T1
L
A1 B1 A1 B1A2 B2 A2 B2
T
P
L V
M
LS
T
D1WWED01A
131
DPX series
Installation and maintenance
_______________________________________________________
Connection between two directional valves
T2
A1 B1 A2
T
VB1
VA1
VB2
VA2
LSLS1
PP1
A1 B1 A2 B2 B2
T
T1
L V
P
LS
Example 3: connection between DPX series valves, Closed Center circuit
Bleed valve has to be installed only on one DPX valve
NOTE: if there is a big distance between the valves, the following circuit is suggested.
T2
A1 B1 A2
T
VB1
VA1
VB2
VA2
LS
P
A1 B1 A2 B2 B2
T
T1
L V
P
LS
D1WWED01A
132
DPX series
Installation and maintenance
Example 4: connection between DPX series and DPC series valves, Closed Center circuit
Check valve on L.S. line
Connection between two directional valves
_____________________________________________________
L
A1 B1A2 B2
LS1
P1
A1 B1 A2 B2
T
T1
L V
P
LS
LSAB LSAB
M
LS
T
Electrohydraulic control connection
________________________________________________________________
On/o electrohydraulic control
See below an example of on/o control for a working section.
+--
21 21
E1 E2
2 1 2 1
selector
switch
emergency
device
Working section
pressure reducing valves on modules
battery
Wiring example to connect and
control electrohydraulic modules
fuse
5A
E1-E2 connectors on
pressure reducing valves
N° Function
1 signal (+)
2 GND (-)
Mating connectors
For Type Part code
E1-E2 AMP JPT 5CON120087
D1WWED01A
133
DPX series
Installation and maintenance
D1J1 D2
E1 E2 E3 E4
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
6 1 712
7 1 6
712
1 6
12
+--
44
5 8
2 4 3
1
2
8
9
10
11111
129
12 12 12 12
1st working section
pressure reducing valves
on module
2nd working section
pressure reducing valves
on module
CED400X control unit
up to 4 working sections
Wiring example to connect
control unit to electrohydraulic modules
Wiring example
to connec and
control unit
to joysticks
Joystick AJW
analog,
two prop. axes
Handle type P
up to 3 proportional axes
fuse
5A
battery
emergency
device
J1 joystick connector
Nr Function N° Function
1 VJ+ 7 /
2 VJ- 8 VJ+
3 / 9 operator presence
4 X axis 10 /
5 Y axis 11 /
6 / 12 /
_________________________________________________________________
Electrohydraulic control connection
Proportional electrohydraulic control
See below a proportional control system for two working sections, equipped with a proportional analog Hall-eect joystick.
The circuit is a connection example, the pin-out refers to standard devices; for ordering codes, detailed information and
customization, please contact our Sales Department.
D1 control unit connector
Nr Function Nr Function
1 Vbb (+) 7 /
2 / 8 /
3 / 9 /
4 operator presence 10 X axis
5 / 11 Y axis
6 / 12 GND (-)
D2 control unit connector
Nr Function Nr Function
1 / 7 /
2 valve E2 (+) 8 valves E3/E4 (-)
3 valve E4 (+) 9 valves E1/E2 (-)
4 valve E3 (+) 10 /
5 / 11 valve E1 (+)
6 / 12 /
E1-E4 connectors on
pressure reducing valves
Nr Function
1 signal (+)
2 GND (-)
Mating connectors
For Type Part code
J1 Deutsch DTM06-12S 5CON140041
D1 Deutsch DTM06-12S 5CON140041
D2 Deutsch DTM06-12SB 5CON140067
E1-E4 AMP JPT 5CON120087
D1WWED01A
134
DPX series
Appendix A
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Electrohydraulic controls: hysteresis calculation rule
Hysteresis is calculated as the dierence between control currents (I2-I1), needed to reach 50% of nominal spool stroke,
referred to maximum control current IMAX, needed to reach 100% of spool stroke.
I2 is determined on spool stroke increase line, I1 is determined on spool stroke decrease line.
I2 - I1
x 100
I
MAX
Hysteresis % =
Current
Stroke
Example diagram for
data detection
0
Max stroke
50% of max stroke
0 I
1
I
2
I
MAX
D1WWED01A
135
DPX series
Walvoil S.P.A. • 42124 Reggio Emilia • Italy • Via Adige, 13/D • Tel.+39.0522.932411 • Fax +39.0522.300984
www.walvoil.com
D1WWED01A
13
th
edition May 2019
